{"title":"Garden","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGarden - Grow Greener and Garden Smarter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow greener and garden smarter with our curated Garden Collection, home to Australia's best-value range of galvanised raised garden beds, waist-height planter boxes, anti-kink expandable hoses, potting benches and essential outdoor tools. From compact balconies to sprawling backyards, every item is chosen to help you cultivate veggies, herbs and flowers with less effort and better results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCollection Highlights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable SGCC-steel and FSC timber beds\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rust-proof, weather-ready and built to last season after season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic elevated planters\u003c\/strong\u003e - Reduce back strain and deter pests while boosting drainage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTangle-free expandable hoses \u0026amp; multi-spray nozzles\u003c\/strong\u003e - Deliver precise watering without kinks or leaks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy DIY assembly with pre-drilled panels and latch systems\u003c\/strong\u003e - Set up in minutes, no special tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatured Garden Products\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised Raised Garden Beds:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/stackswarehouse.com.au\/products\/greenfingers-2pcs-120x80x77cm-galvanised-steel-raised-garden-bed-planter\"\u003eGreen Fingers Garden Bed 240x80x77cm Galvanised\u003c\/a\u003e - Deep planter for root vegetables and herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/stackswarehouse.com.au\/products\/greenfingers-garden-bed-galvanised-raised-steel-instant-planter-320x80x45cm\"\u003eGreen Fingers Garden Bed 320x80x45cm Galvanised\u003c\/a\u003e - Extra-long bed for row planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/stackswarehouse.com.au\/products\/galvanised-raised-garden-bed\"\u003e2x Raised Garden Bed 240x80x42cm Oval\u003c\/a\u003e - Twin pack for vegetable gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/stackswarehouse.com.au\/products\/greenfingers-garden-bed-galvanised-raised-steel-planter-round-latches-90x45cm\"\u003eGreen Fingers Round Garden Bed 90x45cm with Latches\u003c\/a\u003e - Compact circular design for herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElevated Planter Boxes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/stackswarehouse.com.au\/products\/greenfingers-garden-bed-galvanised-steel-raised-planter-box-100x40x80cm\"\u003eGreen Fingers Elevated Garden Bed 100x40x80cm\u003c\/a\u003e - Waist-height planter reduces back strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/stackswarehouse.com.au\/products\/green-fingers-raised-garden-bed\"\u003eGreen Fingers Elevated Garden Bed 100x80x30cm\u003c\/a\u003e - Perfect for balconies and patios\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Hoses \u0026amp; Watering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/stackswarehouse.com.au\/products\/15m-anti-kink-expandable-garden-hose-flexible-tangle-free-water-hose-with-adjustable-spray-nozzle\"\u003e15m Anti-Kink Expandable Garden Hose\u003c\/a\u003e - Tangle-free with adjustable spray nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Outdoor Space\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair your garden beds with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/stackswarehouse.com.au\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eOutdoor Furniture\u003c\/a\u003e collection to create a complete outdoor living area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreate your own urban oasis — browse the Garden Collection now and harvest fresh flavour, colour and joy from your outdoor space all year round.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"stacks-warehouse-gift-card","title":"Stacks Warehouse Gift Card","description":"\u003cp\u003eGift card to use across Stacks Warehouse Online\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"$10.00","offer_id":49602199191856,"sku":null,"price":10.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"$20.00","offer_id":49602199224624,"sku":"","price":20.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"$50.00","offer_id":49602199257392,"sku":"","price":50.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"$100.00","offer_id":49602199290160,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/stacks_warehouse_Gift_Card.png?v=1773616075"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-raised-garden-bed","title":"Green Fingers Garden Bed Elevated 100X80X30cm Planter Box Container Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGreen Fingers Raised Garden Bed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eThe Green Fingers Raised Garden Bed is a great way to plant herbs, flowers and even vegetables in a convenient planter that does not stress you out. At ideal waist height, it allows for easy planting and gardening without putting pressure on your knees or back. The planter comes with drainage holes and its 0.8mm thickness ensures stability. Not least, the galvanized stainless steel is durable, non-corrosive and features safe rounded edges for use at balconies, patios or courtyards.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e* Suitable for indoor and outdoor\u003cbr\u003e* Quality galvanized steel\u003cbr\u003e* 0.8mm thickness for extra stability\u003cbr\u003e* Anti-rust and durable\u003cbr\u003e* Rounded safety edges\u003cbr\u003e* Perfect for flowers, vegetable and herbs\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e* Material: Galvanised SGCC Steel\u003cbr\u003e* Height: 25cm\u003cbr\u003e* Overall dimensions: 100cm x 80cm x 30cm\u003cbr\u003e* Colour: Aluminium grey\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 x Garden bed\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673472737584,"sku":"GARDEN-ALUMGR-PLAT-L","price":61.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-ALUMGR-PLAT-L-202502282038-00.jpg?v=1773109794"},{"product_id":"greenfingers-2pcs-120x80x77cm-galvanised-steel-raised-garden-bed-planter","title":"Green Fingers Garden Bed 240x80x77cm Planter Box Raised Container Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGreen Fingers Garden Bed 240x80x77cm Planter Box Raised Container Galvanised Herb\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? Carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes or strawberries, our Gavlanised Raised Garden Bed can help to grow them all easily. Made of quality SGCC steel with epoxy powder coating, our galvanised raised garden bed has a low reaction against chemicals used for planting and is totally rustproof.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts 0.25mm thickness means extra stability and the round edges ensure that it is safe to use too. The garden bed is easy to put together and durable in every weather condition. Set it up, add in the soil, then the seeds or saplings and you are good to have a great fruit and vegetable patch of your own. Better still, get a few sets and you’ll be a happy home farmer with a rich harvest in no time.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e2 State are available\u003cbr\u003eQuality galvanized steel\u003cbr\u003e0.25mm thickness for extra stability\u003cbr\u003eAnti-rust and durable\u003cbr\u003eRounded safety edges\u003cbr\u003ePerfect for flowers, vegetable and herbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eMaterial: Galvanised SGCC Steel \u003cbr\u003eHeight: 77cm \u003cbr\u003e1PC dimensions:120X80X77cm \u003cbr\u003eOverall dimensions: 240X80X77cm \u003cbr\u003eColour: Aluminium grey\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e2 x Garden bed\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673473392944,"sku":"GARDEN-77-120-AG-FC2","price":132.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-77-120-AG-FC2-19846-06.jpg?v=1773109805"},{"product_id":"retractable-hose-reel-30m-garden-water-auto-rewind-spray-gun","title":"Water Hose Reel 30M Retractable Garden Auto Rewind Spray Gun","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Hose Reel 30M Retractable Garden Auto Rewind Spray Gun\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTired of manual unwinding and rewinding your hose reel? Or tangles and kinks with the hose because you can’t unwind and rewind it properly? Or perhaps your long hose is just an unsightly mess in your garden? Well, those days are history with our Retractable Hose Reel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking compact and sturdy in a cool grey finish, our 30m Retractable Hose Reel is designed to be wall mounted so that you can use the hose without any encumbrances. The entire assembly can also be swivelled 180° for maximum reach. Both the polypropylene housing and PVC hose are UV-resistant to suit Australian climatic conditions which can be quite harsh during summers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBesides the hassle-free unwind and rewind, you’ll also love the incremental locking system that locks off the desired length that you are using. And when the spraying’s done, just give the hose a firm tug for automatic rewinding. The internal guiding system will ensure that no tangles or kinks occur in the process of rewinding or unwinding for next use. Included in the assembly is a spray gun that has nine adjustable nozzle action ranging from fine mist to full-on jet blast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the Retractable Hose Reel, watering the garden, washing the car or showering the pet is now reel-ly easy and convenient. Get yours today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated hose storage solution\u003cbr\u003eIncrementally locking\u003cbr\u003eAuto rewind system\u003cbr\u003eUV resistant materials\u003cbr\u003e180° swivel wall mount\u003cbr\u003ePVC hose\u003cbr\u003eBuilt-in handle\u003cbr\u003eRubber stopper\u003cbr\u003eOne spray gun\u003cbr\u003eSlow rewind function\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHose length: 30m + 2m\u003cbr\u003eHose material: UV resistant PVC\u003cbr\u003eFittings: 3\/4\"\u003cbr\u003eHose inner dimension: 11mm\u003cbr\u003eHose outer dimension: 15mm\u003cbr\u003eWorking pressure: 8 Bar\/ 116 PSI\u003cbr\u003eBurst pressure: 24 Bar\/ 384 PSI\u003cbr\u003eSpray gun type: 9 settings (Jet to Mist)\u003cbr\u003eReel case material: Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003eOverall dimensions: 44.3 x 41 x 18.5cm\u003cbr\u003eAssembly Required: Yes\u003cbr\u003eNumber of packages: 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 x Water Hose Reel \u003cbr\u003e1 x 9-setting Spray Gun \u003cbr\u003e1 x Installation Instructions\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673473818928,"sku":"HR-WA-AUTO-30M-PLS","price":132.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/HR-WA-AUTO-30M-PLS-00.jpg?v=1773109815"},{"product_id":"10x-12v-led-waterproof-outdoor-garden-spotlights-landscape-light-lamp-yard-flood","title":"10X 12V LED waterproof Outdoor Garden Spotlights","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10X 12V LED waterproof Outdoor Garden Spotlights landscape light Lamp Yard Flood\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e- DC 12V safe outdoor work voltage\u003cbr\u003e- 5W led landscape garden lights\u003cbr\u003e- Excellent luminous efficiency\u003cbr\u003e- Thick casting aluminum body and glass len design ensure long lifespan around 50,000 hours\u003cbr\u003e- Mini sized and easy installation with spike stands\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e- Product color: Black\u003cbr\u003e- Power: 5W\u003cbr\u003e- Light color: Cool White\u003cbr\u003e- Working Voltage: DC 12V.\u003cbr\u003e- Waterproof Grade: IP65\u003cbr\u003e- Material: High quality Aluminum + 3mm thickness Glass.\u003cbr\u003e- Lumens: 550-600LM ( 120LM \/ w )\u003cbr\u003e- Beam Angle: 60 (60 Degrees)\u003cbr\u003e- Connecting Wire Length: approx 30cm\u003cbr\u003e- Long life span reaches 50,000hrs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Included: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10 x 12W LED Landscape Lights\u003cbr\u003e10 x spiked stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeed to be wired by yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eATTENTION: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the customer change their mind and want to cancel the order, please contact us within 2-3 hours after placing the order. Or, once the package is dispatched, we won't be able to intercept packages in transit. Please understand.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673474539824,"sku":"V201-EAZ01981CL8-10AU","price":64.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V201-EAZ01981CL8-10AU-1-00_1.jpg?v=1773109828"},{"product_id":"greenfingers-garden-bed-raised-wooden-planter-box-vegetables-60x30x33cm","title":"Green Fingers Garden Bed 60x30x33cm Wooden Planter Box Raised Container Growing","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully aesthetic, the Greenfingers Wooden Garden Bed is an incredible addition to your beautiful garden. The bed is made from sturdy, environmentally friendly Fir wood that has undergone high-temperature carbonization, making it hard to crack and easy to maintain – it will maintain its shape even after long-term use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike other plant beds that are simple frames, the Greenfingers Wooden Garden Bed is a gorgeous natural piece that will sit any kind of garden. The raised plant bed prevents excess moisture and pests, as well as reducing the need to bend down. You can even use it as garden tool storage, so your porch can stay neat and tidy without sacrificing aesthetics. It’s even easy to assemble using the provided tools and instructions. The perfect gift for the gardening enthusiast in your life!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMade of Fir wood with a sturdy construction, environmentally safe.\u003cbr\u003eUndergoing high temperature carbonization, wood frame not easy to crack.\u003cbr\u003ePrevents rabbits and pests from eating plants.\u003cbr\u003eSaves your back from bending down and prevent soil compaction.\u003cbr\u003eAn attractive way to present floral displays and grow vegetables.\u003cbr\u003eDeep and wide ample space for soils and growing vegetables, planters.\u003cbr\u003eBrighten up the look of front porch, backyard, garden, corridor, patio.\u003cbr\u003eWith four raised legs prevent from moisture.\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to be a plant box, it also can be a storage box for storing heavy tools.\u003cbr\u003eEasy to assemble with provided tools and instruction.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNet Weight: 3.75kg\u003cbr\u003eWeight Capacity: 30kg\/ 66 lbs\u003cbr\u003eProduct Dimension: 60x30x33cm\/ 23.6x11.8x13 inchs \u003cbr\u003eColor:Brown\u003cbr\u003ePacking:1unit\/outer carton\u003cbr\u003eAssembly required: Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 x Garden bed \u003cbr\u003e1 x Assembly manual \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673475064112,"sku":"GARDEN-WOOD-BOX-60","price":36.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-WOOD-BOX-60-202502282040-00.jpg?v=1773109840"},{"product_id":"greenfingers-garden-bed-raised-wooden-planter-outdoor-box-vegetables-90x30x33cm","title":"Green Fingers Garden Bed 90x30x33cm Wooden Planter Box Raised Container Growing","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeautifully aesthetic, the Greenfingers Wooden Garden Bed is an incredible addition to your beautiful garden. The bed is made from sturdy, environmentally friendly Fir wood that has undergone high-temperature carbonization, making it hard to crack and easy to maintain – it will maintain its shape even after long-term use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike other plant beds that are simple frames, the Greenfingers Wooden Garden Bed is a gorgeous natural piece that will sit any kind of garden. The raised plant bed prevents excess moisture and pests, as well as reducing the need to bend down. You can even use it as garden tool storage, so your porch can stay neat and tidy without sacrificing aesthetics. It’s even easy to assemble using the provided tools and instructions. The perfect gift for the gardening enthusiast in your life!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMade of Fir wood with a sturdy construction, environmentally safe.\u003cbr\u003eUndergoing high temperature carbonization, wood frame not easy to crack.\u003cbr\u003ePrevents rabbits and pests from eating plants.\u003cbr\u003eSaves your back from bending down and prevent soil compaction.\u003cbr\u003eAn attractive way to present floral displays and grow vegetables.\u003cbr\u003eDeep and wide ample space for soils and growing vegetables, planters.\u003cbr\u003eBrighten up the look of front porch, backyard, garden, corridor, patio.\u003cbr\u003eWith four raised legs prevent from moisture.\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to be a plant box, it also can be a storage box for storing heavy tools.\u003cbr\u003eEasy to assemble with provided tools and instruction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNet Weight: 3.75kg\u003cbr\u003eWeight Capacity: 30kg\/ 66 lbs\u003cbr\u003eProduct Dimension: 90x30x33cm\/ 23.6x11.8x13 inc\u003cbr\u003eColor:Brown\u003cbr\u003ePacking:1unit\/outer carton\u003cbr\u003eAssembly required: Yes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGarden bed x 1\u003cbr\u003eAssembly manual x 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673475555632,"sku":"GARDEN-WOOD-BOX-90","price":52.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-WOOD-BOX-90-202502282040-00.jpg?v=1773109852"},{"product_id":"greenfingers-garden-bed-galvanised-raised-steel-instant-planter-320x80x45cm","title":"Green Fingers Garden Bed 320X80X45cm Planter Box Raised Container Galvanised Herb","description":"\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? Carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes or strawberries, our Gavlanised Raised Garden Bed can help to grow them all easily. Made of quality SGCC steel with epoxy powder coating, our galvanised raised garden bed has a low reaction against chemicals used for planting and is totally rustproof.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts 0.28mm thickness means extra stability and the round edges ensure that it is safe to use too. The garden bed is easy to put together and durable in every weather condition. Set it up, add in the soil, then the seeds or saplings and you are good to have a great fruit and vegetable patch of your own. Better still, get a few sets and you’ll be a happy home farmer with a rich harvest in no time. Get yours today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eQuality galvanized steel\u003cbr\u003e0.28mm thickness for extra stability\u003cbr\u003eAnti-rust and durable\u003cbr\u003eRounded safety edges\u003cbr\u003ePerfect for flowers, vegetable and herbs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Galvanised SGCC Steel\u003cbr\u003eHeight: 45cm\u003cbr\u003e2PC dimensions:160X80X45cm\u003cbr\u003eOverall (1PC) dimensions: 320X80X45cm\u003cbr\u003eColour: Aluminium grey\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGarden bed x 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673476571440,"sku":"GARDEN-AG-45-16-FC2","price":107.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-AG-45-16-FC2-90962-03.jpg?v=1773109888"},{"product_id":"greenfingers-garden-bed-galvanised-steel-raised-planter-box-100x40x80cm","title":"Green Fingers Garden Bed Elevated 100X40X80cm Planter Box Raised Container Herb","description":"\u003cp\u003ePractical and aesthetic, the Green Fingers Raised Garden Bed is an incredible addition to your beautiful garden. The bed is made from sturdy galvanized stainless steel that is easy to maintain – it will hold its shape even after long-term use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike other plant beds that are simple frames, the Green Fingers Raised Garden Bed is a gorgeous portable structure with a generously sized garden bed to grow your own fruits, vegetables and flowers. The raised plant bed prevents excess moisture and pests and lessens the need to bend down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo smooth wheels make it easy to move the garden bed to the ideal position. An additional storage shelf can help keep your essential garden tools tidy and close by. It’s even easy to assemble using the provided tools and instructions. The perfect gift for the gardening enthusiast in your life, get your Greenfingers Raised Garden Bed today!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eQuality galvanized steel\u003cbr\u003eMobile design is ideal for small areas\u003cbr\u003eWith wheels on one side \u0026amp; comfortable handle\u003cbr\u003eAdditional storage shelf for storing gardening supplies\u003cbr\u003ePerfect for flowers, vegetable and herbs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Galvanised SGCC Steel\u003cbr\u003eInner Height: 19.5cm\u003cbr\u003eOverall dimensions: 100cm x 40cm x 80cm\u003cbr\u003eColour: Aluminium grey\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGarden bed x 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673476636976,"sku":"GARDEN-AG-PLAT-ROLL","price":101.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-AG-PLAT-ROLL-91786-03.jpg?v=1773109898"},{"product_id":"greenfingers-garden-bed-galvanised-raised-steel-planter-round-latches-90x45cm","title":"Green Fingers Garden Bed 90X45cm Round Latches Planter Box Raised Galvanised Herb","description":"\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? Carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes or strawberries, our Gavlanised Raised Garden Bed can help to grow them all easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade of quality SGCC steel,our galvanised raised garden bed has a low reaction against chemicals used for planting and is totally rustproof. Its 0.5mm thickness means extra stability and the round edges ensure that it is safe to use too. The garden bed is easy to put together with its latches design and durable in every weather condition. Set it up, add in the soil, then the seeds or saplings and you are good to have a great fruit and vegetable patch of your own. Better still, get a few sets and you'll be a happy home farmer with a rich harvest in no time. Get yours today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eQuality galvanized steel\u003cbr\u003e0.5mm thickness for extra stability\u003cbr\u003eAnti-rust and durable\u003cbr\u003eRounded safety edges\u003cbr\u003eLatches Design for easy assemble\u003cbr\u003ePerfect for flowers, vegetable and herbs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Galvanised SGCC Steel\u003cbr\u003eHeight: 45cm\u003cbr\u003eOverall dimensions: 90X45cm\u003cbr\u003eColour: Aluminium grey\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGarden bed x 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673476702512,"sku":"GARDEN-AG-ROU-9045-B","price":69.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-AG-ROU-9045-B-91733-03.jpg?v=1773109909"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-garden-bed-5-tier-vertical-garden-strawberry-stackable-planters-herbs-petunias","title":"Green Fingers Garden Bed 5 Tier Vertical Garden","description":"\u003cp\u003eFeaturing an integrated automatic drainage system, this versatile Greenfingers 5-Pot Strawberry Planter is perfect for indoor and outdoor use. Ideal for cultivating strawberries, herbs, flowers, succulents, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStackable set with 5 pots\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated automatic drainage system\u003cbr\u003eEquipped with 4 movable casters\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for both indoor and outdoor use\u003cbr\u003eIdeal for growing strawberries, herbs, flowers, succulents, and more\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrand: Greenfingers\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Plastic\u003cbr\u003ePot dimension: 35cm x 35cm x 15cm\u003cbr\u003eTray dimension: 32cm x 32cm x 8.5cm\u003cbr\u003eOverall dimension: 35cm x 35cm x 75cm\u003cbr\u003eColour: White\u003cbr\u003eAssembly required: Yes\u003cbr\u003eNo. of package: 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGreenfingers 5-Pot Strawberry Planter X 1\u003cbr\u003eUser Manual X 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673477128496,"sku":"GARDEN-PLASTIC-25L-WH","price":44.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-PLASTIC-25L-WH-186684-06.jpg?v=1773109920"},{"product_id":"15m-anti-kink-expandable-garden-hose-flexible-tangle-free-water-hose-with-adjustable-spray-nozzle","title":"15m Anti-Kink Expandable Garden Hose","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Kink Expandable Garden Hose - Flexible and Tangle-Free Watering Solution\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003eMake garden watering and outdoor cleaning a breeze with this \u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Kink Expandable Garden Hose\u003c\/strong\u003e. Featuring a durable, flexible design that expands when in use and contracts for easy storage, this hose ensures hassle-free watering without twists or tangles. Equipped with an adjustable spray nozzle, it’s perfect for gardens, patios, and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cul\u003e  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Kink Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Expands smoothly without tangling, twisting, or kinking.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable Hose:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stretches during use and retracts for compact storage.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made with high-quality, leak-resistant materials for long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Spray Nozzle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multiple spray patterns for watering plants, cleaning patios, washing cars, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and Flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to maneuver and carry for various outdoor tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Retracts to its original size for convenient storage after use.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003c\/ul\u003e  \n\n\u003cp\u003eThis expandable garden hose is an essential tool for any homeowner, gardener, or outdoor enthusiast. Say goodbye to tangled and heavy hoses and enjoy a lightweight, efficient watering experience with this anti-kink garden hose.\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\n\u003chr\u003e  \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns, Refunds, and Replacements\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003eProducts that are received faulty, damaged, or not as described are eligible for a return, refund, or replacement in accordance with the Australian Consumer Law (ACL). We are committed to ensuring all products meet the standards of quality and reliability expected by our customers. However, please note that we do not accept returns or provide refunds for change of mind. We encourage you to carefully consider your purchase to ensure it meets your needs and expectations.\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery Timeframe\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that we cannot guarantee the exact date of arrival, and the delivery timeframes (excluding weekends and public holidays) are as follows:\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cul\u003e  \n  \u003cli\u003eFor customers in Victoria, approximately \u003cstrong\u003e7-10 working days\u003c\/strong\u003e;\u003c\/li\u003e  \n  \u003cli\u003eFor customers in NSW, SA, ACT, and QLD, approximately \u003cstrong\u003e9-12 working days\u003c\/strong\u003e;\u003c\/li\u003e  \n  \u003cli\u003eFor customers in WA, NT, and TAS, approximately \u003cstrong\u003e9-12 working days\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003c\/ul\u003e  \n","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673477554480,"sku":"V888-ELOSUNG12524","price":32.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V888-ELOSUNG12524-212264-00.jpg?v=1773109930"},{"product_id":"yl-l05-green-5-piece-compact-gardening-tool-set-with-durable-case-essential-for-home-gardens","title":"Green 5-Piece Compact Gardening Tool Set with Durable Case - Essential Hand Tools","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen 5-Piece Compact Gardening Tool Set with Durable Case – Essential Hand Tools\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTackle all your gardening tasks with this complete green 5-piece compact gardening tool set. Featuring essential hand tools including trowel, transplanter, cultivator, weeder, and pruner, plus durable carrying case, this portable garden kit delivers everything you need for planting, weeding, pruning, and soil cultivation. Perfect for home gardens, balcony planters, and small-space gardening, this compact tool set combines professional quality with convenient storage for efficient gardening anywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 Essential Tools:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trowel, transplanter, cultivator, weeder, and pruner for complete gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Case:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protective carrying case keeps tools organized and portable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Space-efficient tools perfect for small gardens and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable grip reduces hand fatigue during use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable materials built for long-lasting performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attractive design complements garden aesthetics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to carry and store in sheds, garages, or closets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for indoor plants, outdoor gardens, and container gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose a Compact Gardening Tool Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis green 5-piece gardening tool set provides all the essential hand tools needed for successful gardening in one convenient package. The trowel handles digging and planting, the transplanter moves seedlings with precision, the cultivator loosens and aerates soil, the weeder removes unwanted plants, and the pruner trims and shapes plants. The ergonomic handles provide comfortable grip during extended gardening sessions, reducing hand fatigue and strain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe durable carrying case keeps all tools organized and protected when not in use, making it easy to transport your gardening kit to different locations or store it compactly in sheds, garages, or closets. The compact design makes these tools ideal for small-space gardening, balcony planters, raised beds, and container gardens where full-size tools would be impractical. Whether you're maintaining a home garden, tending indoor plants, or working in community gardens, this complete tool set delivers professional quality with convenient portability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome gardens and vegetable patches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalcony and container gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor plant care and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-space and urban gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginner and experienced gardeners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eExplore More Garden Tools \u0026amp; Outdoor Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete range of garden tools, outdoor equipment, and gardening supplies for successful cultivation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: 5-Piece Compact Gardening Tool Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: Trowel, transplanter, cultivator, weeder, pruner, carrying case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures: Ergonomic handles, durable construction, portable case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse: Home gardens, container gardening, indoor plants, small-space gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: V888-ELOSUNG15588\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden with confidence using the Green 5-Piece Compact Gardening Tool Set – where essential hand tools meet durable portable convenience.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673477718320,"sku":"V888-ELOSUNG15588","price":42.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V888-ELOSUNG15588-214480-00.jpg?v=1773109944"},{"product_id":"galvanised-raised-garden-bed","title":"2x Raised Garden Bed 240X80X42cm Oval","description":"\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? Carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes or strawberries, our Gavlanised Raised Garden Bed can help to grow them all easily.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade of quality SGCC steel with epoxy powder coating, our Galvanised Raised Garden Bed has a low reaction against chemicals used for planting and is totally rustproof.\u003cbr\u003eThe Galvanised Raised Garden Bed is easy to put together and durable in every weather condition. Set it up, add in the soil, then the seeds or saplings and you're good to have a great fruit and vegetable patch of your own. Better still, get a few sets and you'll be a happy home farmer with a rich harvest in no time. Get yours today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eQuality galvanized steel\u003cbr\u003eAnti-rust and durable\u003cbr\u003eRounded safety edges\u003cbr\u003ePerfect for flowers, vegetable and herbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Galvanised SGCC Steel\u003cbr\u003eHeight: 42cm\u003cbr\u003eOverall dimension: 240cm x 80cm x42 cm\u003cbr\u003eColour: Aluminium Grey\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRaised Garden Bed x2\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673477914928,"sku":"GARDEN-OVAL-2408042X2","price":183.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-OVAL-2408042X2-215092-06.jpg?v=1773109951"},{"product_id":"solar-powered-welcome-bear-statue-with-led-lantern-outdoor-garden-patio-decor","title":"Solar-Powered Welcome Bear Statue with LED Lantern - Outdoor Garden Patio Decor","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSolar-Powered Welcome Bear Statue with LED Lantern – Outdoor Garden Patio Decor\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWelcome guests with charm using this adorable solar-powered bear statue holding an LED lantern. Featuring durable resin construction, solar-powered LED lighting, weather-resistant materials, automatic dusk-to-dawn operation, and delightful bear design, this outdoor garden statue adds whimsical character to patios, gardens, and entryways without electricity costs. Perfect for garden décor, patio accents, and outdoor welcoming displays, this solar bear statue combines decorative appeal with functional lighting for enchanting nighttime ambiance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolar Powered:\u003c\/strong\u003e No wiring or electricity costs, charges during the day and lights at night\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Lantern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bear holds illuminated lantern for charming nighttime glow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelcome Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Friendly bear statue creates inviting atmosphere for guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable resin construction withstands outdoor conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dusk-to-dawn sensor turns light on at night and off at dawn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Statue:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds personality and charm to outdoor spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding design for patios, gardens, and entryways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnergy Efficient:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solar-powered LED provides zero operating costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose a Solar Garden Statue?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis solar-powered welcome bear statue provides charming outdoor décor with functional lighting benefits. The solar panel charges the internal battery during daylight hours, automatically illuminating the LED lantern from dusk to dawn without any manual operation or electricity costs. The durable weather-resistant resin construction withstands rain, sun, and temperature variations, ensuring long-lasting performance in outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe friendly bear design creates a welcoming atmosphere for guests while adding whimsical character to gardens, patios, porches, and entryways. The illuminated lantern provides gentle ambient lighting at night, enhancing safety and creating enchanting atmosphere for outdoor spaces. The freestanding design allows for easy placement anywhere you want to add decorative charm and lighting. Whether you're creating a welcoming entryway, adding personality to your garden, or enhancing patio ambiance, this solar bear statue delivers practical benefits with delightful aesthetics and zero operating costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEntryways and front porches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden pathways and flower beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatio and deck decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYard landscaping and accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating welcoming outdoor displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eExplore More Solar Lights \u0026amp; Garden Décor\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLooking for stake lights? Check out our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/brown-and-pink-solar-resin-garden-stake-light-outdoor-landscape-light-for-yard-and-patio-decor\" title=\"Brown \u0026amp; Pink Solar Resin Garden Stake Light\"\u003ebrown and pink solar resin garden stake light\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/brown-and-yellow-solar-resin-garden-stake-light-outdoor-landscape-light-for-yard-and-patio-decor\" title=\"Brown \u0026amp; Yellow Solar Resin Garden Stake Light\"\u003ebrown and yellow solar resin garden stake light\u003c\/a\u003e, or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-and-red-solar-resin-garden-stake-light-outdoor-landscape-light-for-yard-and-patio-decor\" title=\"White \u0026amp; Red Solar Resin Garden Stake Light\"\u003ewhite and red solar resin garden stake light\u003c\/a\u003e for pathway illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete range of solar lights, garden décor, and outdoor lighting for beautiful landscape illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Solar-Powered Garden Statue with LED Lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign: Welcome bear holding lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Weather-resistant resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: Solar powered with LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Automatic dusk-to-dawn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Freestanding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse: Garden, patio, entryway outdoor decoration and lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: V888-ELOSUNG16747\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWelcome guests with charm using the Solar-Powered Welcome Bear Statue – where delightful décor meets LED lantern lighting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673478078768,"sku":"V888-ELOSUNG16747","price":34.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V888-ELOSUNG16747-223321-00.jpg?v=1773109962"},{"product_id":"style-2-white-and-red-solar-resin-garden-stake-light-outdoor-landscape-light-for-yard-and-patio-decor","title":"White \u0026 Red Solar Resin Garden Stake Light - Outdoor Landscape Decor for Yard \u0026 Patio","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhite \u0026amp; Red Solar Resin Garden Stake Light – Outdoor Landscape Decor for Yard \u0026amp; Patio\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIlluminate your garden with charm using this beautiful white and red solar resin garden stake light. Featuring durable resin construction, solar-powered LED lighting, decorative stake design, weather-resistant materials, and automatic dusk-to-dawn operation, this outdoor landscape light adds enchanting ambiance to gardens, yards, and patios without electricity costs. Perfect for pathway lighting, garden accents, and outdoor décor, this solar stake light combines functionality with decorative appeal for beautiful nighttime illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolar Powered:\u003c\/strong\u003e No wiring or electricity costs, charges during the day and lights at night\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, weather-resistant material withstands outdoor conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite \u0026amp; Red Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attractive color combination complements garden aesthetics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStake Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy installation by simply pushing into soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dusk-to-dawn sensor turns light on at night and off at dawn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Energy-efficient, long-lasting illumination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand rain, sun, and outdoor elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Accent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds charm and character to outdoor spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose Solar Garden Stake Lights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis white and red solar resin stake light provides beautiful outdoor illumination without the hassle of wiring or electricity costs. The solar panel charges the internal battery during daylight hours, automatically powering the LED light from dusk to dawn without any manual operation. The durable resin construction withstands rain, sun, and temperature variations, ensuring long-lasting performance in outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe decorative stake design adds visual interest to gardens, flower beds, pathways, and patios during the day, while providing gentle illumination at night. The white and red color combination creates an attractive accent that complements natural garden settings. Installation is effortless – simply push the stake into soil wherever you want lighting and decoration. Whether you're illuminating pathways for safety, highlighting garden features, or creating ambient outdoor lighting for entertaining, this solar stake light delivers practical benefits with charming aesthetics and zero operating costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden pathways and walkways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlower beds and garden borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatio and deck decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYard landscaping and accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor entertaining areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eExplore More Solar Lights \u0026amp; Garden Décor\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLooking for different colors? Check out our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/brown-and-pink-solar-resin-garden-stake-light-outdoor-landscape-light-for-yard-and-patio-decor\" title=\"Brown \u0026amp; Pink Solar Resin Garden Stake Light\"\u003ebrown and pink solar resin garden stake light\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/brown-and-yellow-solar-resin-garden-stake-light-outdoor-landscape-light-for-yard-and-patio-decor\" title=\"Brown \u0026amp; Yellow Solar Resin Garden Stake Light\"\u003ebrown and yellow solar resin garden stake light\u003c\/a\u003e with the same solar-powered features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete range of solar lights, garden décor, and outdoor lighting for beautiful landscape illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Solar Resin Garden Stake Light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Weather-resistant resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: White and red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: Solar powered with LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Automatic dusk-to-dawn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Ground stake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse: Garden, yard, patio outdoor lighting and decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: V888-ELOSUNG23371\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight up your garden with the White \u0026amp; Red Solar Resin Garden Stake Light – where solar-powered convenience meets decorative outdoor charm.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673478177072,"sku":"V888-ELOSUNG23371","price":30.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V888-ELOSUNG23371-202503271146-00.jpg?v=1773109968"},{"product_id":"style-3-brown-and-yellow-solar-resin-garden-stake-light-outdoor-landscape-light-for-yard-and-patio-decor","title":"Brown \u0026 Yellow Solar Resin Garden Stake Light - Outdoor Landscape Decor for Yard \u0026 Patio","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBrown \u0026amp; Yellow Solar Resin Garden Stake Light – Outdoor Landscape Decor for Yard \u0026amp; Patio\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIlluminate your garden with charm using this beautiful brown and yellow solar resin garden stake light. Featuring durable resin construction, solar-powered LED lighting, decorative stake design, weather-resistant materials, and automatic dusk-to-dawn operation, this outdoor landscape light adds enchanting ambiance to gardens, yards, and patios without electricity costs. Perfect for pathway lighting, garden accents, and outdoor décor, this solar stake light combines functionality with decorative appeal for beautiful nighttime illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolar Powered:\u003c\/strong\u003e No wiring or electricity costs, charges during the day and lights at night\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, weather-resistant material withstands outdoor conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown \u0026amp; Yellow Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attractive color combination complements garden aesthetics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStake Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy installation by simply pushing into soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dusk-to-dawn sensor turns light on at night and off at dawn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Energy-efficient, long-lasting illumination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand rain, sun, and outdoor elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Accent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds charm and character to outdoor spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose Solar Garden Stake Lights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis brown and yellow solar resin stake light provides beautiful outdoor illumination without the hassle of wiring or electricity costs. The solar panel charges the internal battery during daylight hours, automatically powering the LED light from dusk to dawn without any manual operation. The durable resin construction withstands rain, sun, and temperature variations, ensuring long-lasting performance in outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe decorative stake design adds visual interest to gardens, flower beds, pathways, and patios during the day, while providing gentle illumination at night. The brown and yellow color combination creates an attractive accent that complements natural garden settings. Installation is effortless – simply push the stake into soil wherever you want lighting and decoration. Whether you're illuminating pathways for safety, highlighting garden features, or creating ambient outdoor lighting for entertaining, this solar stake light delivers practical benefits with charming aesthetics and zero operating costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden pathways and walkways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlower beds and garden borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatio and deck decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYard landscaping and accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor entertaining areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eExplore More Solar Lights \u0026amp; Garden Décor\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLooking for different colors? Check out our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/brown-and-pink-solar-resin-garden-stake-light-outdoor-landscape-light-for-yard-and-patio-decor\" title=\"Brown \u0026amp; Pink Solar Resin Garden Stake Light\"\u003ebrown and pink solar resin garden stake light\u003c\/a\u003e with the same solar-powered features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete range of solar lights, garden décor, and outdoor lighting for beautiful landscape illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Solar Resin Garden Stake Light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Weather-resistant resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Brown and yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: Solar powered with LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Automatic dusk-to-dawn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Ground stake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse: Garden, yard, patio outdoor lighting and decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: V888-ELOSUNG23372\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight up your garden with the Brown \u0026amp; Yellow Solar Resin Garden Stake Light – where solar-powered convenience meets decorative outdoor charm.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673478799664,"sku":"V888-ELOSUNG23372","price":30.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V888-ELOSUNG23372-202503271235-00.jpg?v=1773109977"},{"product_id":"style-5-brown-and-pink-solar-resin-garden-stake-light-outdoor-landscape-light-for-yard-and-patio-decor","title":"Brown \u0026 Pink Solar Resin Garden Stake Light - Outdoor Landscape Decor for Yard \u0026 Patio","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBrown \u0026amp; Pink Solar Resin Garden Stake Light – Outdoor Landscape Decor for Yard \u0026amp; Patio\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIlluminate your garden with charm using this beautiful brown and pink solar resin garden stake light. Featuring durable resin construction, solar-powered LED lighting, decorative stake design, weather-resistant materials, and automatic dusk-to-dawn operation, this outdoor landscape light adds enchanting ambiance to gardens, yards, and patios without electricity costs. Perfect for pathway lighting, garden accents, and outdoor décor, this solar stake light combines functionality with decorative appeal for beautiful nighttime illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolar Powered:\u003c\/strong\u003e No wiring or electricity costs, charges during the day and lights at night\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, weather-resistant material withstands outdoor conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown \u0026amp; Pink Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attractive color combination complements garden aesthetics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStake Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy installation by simply pushing into soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dusk-to-dawn sensor turns light on at night and off at dawn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Energy-efficient, long-lasting illumination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand rain, sun, and outdoor elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Accent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds charm and character to outdoor spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose Solar Garden Stake Lights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis brown and pink solar resin stake light provides beautiful outdoor illumination without the hassle of wiring or electricity costs. The solar panel charges the internal battery during daylight hours, automatically powering the LED light from dusk to dawn without any manual operation. The durable resin construction withstands rain, sun, and temperature variations, ensuring long-lasting performance in outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe decorative stake design adds visual interest to gardens, flower beds, pathways, and patios during the day, while providing gentle illumination at night. The brown and pink color combination creates an attractive accent that complements natural garden settings. Installation is effortless – simply push the stake into soil wherever you want lighting and decoration. Whether you're illuminating pathways for safety, highlighting garden features, or creating ambient outdoor lighting for entertaining, this solar stake light delivers practical benefits with charming aesthetics and zero operating costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden pathways and walkways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlower beds and garden borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatio and deck decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYard landscaping and accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor entertaining areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eExplore More Solar Lights \u0026amp; Garden Décor\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete range of solar lights, garden décor, and outdoor lighting for beautiful landscape illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Solar Resin Garden Stake Light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Weather-resistant resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Brown and pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: Solar powered with LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Automatic dusk-to-dawn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Ground stake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse: Garden, yard, patio outdoor lighting and decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: V888-ELOSUNG23374\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight up your garden with the Brown \u0026amp; Pink Solar Resin Garden Stake Light – where solar-powered convenience meets decorative outdoor charm.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49673479192880,"sku":"V888-ELOSUNG23374","price":30.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V888-ELOSUNG23374-202503271315-00.jpg?v=1773109986"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-grow-tent-kits-120x120x200cm-hydroponics-indoor-grow-system","title":"Green Fingers Grow Tent Kits 120x120x200cm Hydroponics Indoor Grow System","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a budding novice or a seasoned green thumb, our Green Fingers hydroponics grow tent is just perfect for you. Lightweight and portable, our grow tent is equipped with all the necessary essentials to facilitate healthy growth of your plants and vegetables. These includes fittings and spaces for various sized fans, lights and filters; easy accessibility with zipped and velcroed covers; spacious interior and a sturdy, power-coated steel frame for longlasting use in typical Australian climatic conditions. Easy to assemble or take down, our grow tent makes growing your plants and greens easy with the correct light, temperature and air conditions, both in season and out of season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMagnetic mounting plate for controller\u003cbr\u003eStrong steel construction\u003cbr\u003eHeavy duty corner connectors\u003cbr\u003eEasy to install, no tools needed\u003cbr\u003eSpacious interior\u003cbr\u003e600D oxford cloth exterior\u003cbr\u003eAluminium foil inner lining\u003cbr\u003eHeavy duty support bar for lights and fans\u003cbr\u003e3 zippered doors\u003cbr\u003eCooling air tubes\u003cbr\u003eAir extraction openings\u003cbr\u003ePower cord ports\u003cbr\u003eVentilation windows\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDimension: 120 x 120 x 200cm\u003cbr\u003eFrame material: Powder coated steel\u003cbr\u003eFabric material: 600D oxford (exterior) and 600D diamond texture Mylar (inner)\u003cbr\u003eAssembly Required: Yes\u003cbr\u003eNumber of packages: 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrow tent x1\u003cbr\u003eAssembly instruction x1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cimg title=\"GT-D-RO-120X120X200\" alt=\"GT-D-RO-120X120X200\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GT-D-RO-120X120X200\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174692950320,"sku":"GT-D-RO-120X120X200","price":132.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GT-D-RO-120X120X200-202508291248-00.jpg?v=1773111002"},{"product_id":"flowing-leaves-doormat-60x40cm","title":"Flowing Leaves Doormat 60x40cm","description":"Comes in with heavy duty rubber base and coconut fibre material, this French Provincial designed door mat is durable and beautiful at the same time.\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003eL 60 x W 40 x H 2 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003eCoir Fibre \u0026amp; Rubber\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003eBrown, Black\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cimg title=\"V637-E423705\" alt=\"V637-E423705\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=V637-E423705\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e1 kg\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174692983088,"sku":"V637-E423705","price":46.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V637-E423705-202508252353-00.jpg?v=1773111013"},{"product_id":"welcome-to-our-nest-doormat-door-mat-60x40cm","title":"Welcome to Our Nest Doormat Door Mat 60x40cm","description":"Comes in with heavy duty rubber base and coconut fibre material, this French Provincial designed door mat is durable and beautiful at the same time.\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003eL 60 x W 40 x H 2 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003eCoir Fibre \u0026amp; Rubber\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Print on Natural\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cimg title=\"V637-E423623\" alt=\"V637-E423623\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=V637-E423623\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e1 kg\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174693015856,"sku":"V637-E423623","price":37.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V637-E423623-202508252335-00.jpg?v=1773111017"},{"product_id":"madeleine-home-sweet-home-doormat-60x40cm","title":"Madeleine Home Sweet Home Doormat 60x40cm","description":"Comes in with heavy duty rubber base and coconut fibre material, this French Provincial designed door mat is durable and beautiful at the same time.\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003eL 60 x W 40 x H 2 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003eCoir Fibre \u0026amp; Rubber\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003eMulti Colour\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\u003cimg title=\"V637-E423716\" alt=\"V637-E423716\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=V637-E423716\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e1 kg\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174693048624,"sku":"V637-E423716","price":61.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V637-E423716-202508252004-00.jpg?v=1773111019"},{"product_id":"vevor-led-grow-light-400w-full-spectrum-dimmable-high-yield-samsung-2b1b-diodes-growing-lamp-for-indoor-plants-seedling-veg-and-bloom-greenhouse-growing-daisy-chain-driver-for-4x4-5x5-ft-grow-tent","title":"VEVOR LED Grow Light, 400W Full Spectrum Dimmable, High Yield Samsung 2B1B Diodes Growing Lamp for Indoor Plants Seedling Veg and Bloom Greenhouse Growing, Daisy Chain Driver for 4x4\/5x5 ft Grow Tent","description":"\u003cbody\u003e\n    \u003cimg title=\"V952-LZBZWSZ420W23WDR1V3\" alt=\"V952-LZBZWSZ420W23WDR1V3\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=V952-LZBZWSZ420W23WDR1V3\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\n    \n        \u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e\n        \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0\"\u003e\n        \u003ctitle\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/title\u003e\n    \n    \n        \u003cdiv class=\"features - container\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"feature - card\"\u003e\n                \u003ch3 class=\"feature - heading\"\u003eLow Heat \u0026amp; Noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n                \u003cp class=\"feature - text\"\u003eThe grow lamp features an innovative power cooling structure, a larger cooling area, and a fanless design. Your plants will flourish like never before! It is not only quiet but also guards against overheating and burning. With an IP65 waterproof and dual dustproof design, the service life can reach 50,000 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \n            \u003cdiv class=\"feature - card\"\u003e\n                \u003ch3 class=\"feature - heading\"\u003eHigh-Performance PPFD\u003c\/h3\u003e\n                \u003cp class=\"feature - text\"\u003eQuality is our priority! It comes equipped with premium Samsung 281B diodes. More LED quantities and a new diode layout allow plants to receive more robust and uniform light. Consuming only 400W, ideal for high-benefit planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \n            \u003cdiv class=\"feature - card\"\u003e\n                \u003ch3 class=\"feature - heading\"\u003eAdapt to All Growth Stages\u003c\/h3\u003e\n                \u003cp class=\"feature - text\"\u003eFull spectrum technology provides four various light color choices: 3000K, 6500K, 660nm, and IR 760nm. It enables plants to grow with good quality at the seedling, growth, and flowering stage. Nourish your plants at any stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \n            \u003cdiv class=\"feature - card\"\u003e\n                \u003ch3 class=\"feature - heading\"\u003eHassle-free to Install \u0026amp; Adjust\u003c\/h3\u003e\n                \u003cp class=\"feature - text\"\u003eOur growing light is designed with a stay bar, and the height can be adjusted at will, making it stable and flexible to install. With five brightness gears, you can adjust the light intensity freely. The multi-light connection with unified dimming is especially beneficial for large indoor growing and commercial planting, allowing you to take control of any space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \n            \u003cdiv class=\"feature - card\"\u003e\n                \u003ch3 class=\"feature - heading\"\u003eSuitable for All Kinds of Plants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n                \u003cp class=\"feature - text\"\u003eThe VEVOR plant lamp is widely used for planting all kinds of vegetables, seed cultivation, flowers, and other plants. Especially beneficial for installation in greenhouses, growing tents, balconies, and planting racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \n    \u003c\/body\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174693081392,"sku":"V952-LZBZWSZ420W23WDR1V3","price":410.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V952-LZBZWSZ420W23WDR1V3-202508011755-00.jpg?v=1773111023"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-greenhouse-aluminium-polycarbonate-premium-garden-storage-shed-1-3mx1-9mx2-0m","title":"Green Fingers Greenhouse Aluminium Polycarbonate Premium Garden Storage Shed 1.3Mx1.9Mx2.0M","description":"\u003cp\u003eElevate your gardening game with the Greenfingers Polycarbonate Greenhouse, the perfect solution for decks, patios, and small gardens. Featuring sturdy 4mm double-walled polycarbonate panels and a rust-resistant aluminum frame, this greenhouse ensures lasting durability and weather protection for your plants. Its compact design is ideal for urban spaces, while the lockable door adds an extra layer of security for your peace of mind.\u003cbr\u003ePractical and efficient, the greenhouse includes an integrated gutter system to manage rainwater and prevent pooling. The strong aluminum frame provides excellent stability. Whether you're cultivating flowers, herbs, or vegetables, this greenhouse combines functionality and style to support all your gardening aspirations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIdeal for decks, patios, and small gardens\u003cbr\u003eSturdy 4mm double-walled PC panels\u003cbr\u003eFeatures a rust-resistant aluminum frame\u003cbr\u003eStrong aluminum frame structure\u003cbr\u003eEquipped with an efficient gutter system\u003cbr\u003ea lockable door for added security\u003cbr\u003eDesigned for easy installation\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Aluminum and PC\u003cbr\u003eOverall dimensions: 126cm X 190cm X 200cm (L x W x H)\u003cbr\u003eVent size: 60 x 58 cm\u003cbr\u003eDoor size: 61 x 162 cm\u003cbr\u003eCapacity: 4.79 m�\u003cbr\u003eGround surface area: 2.39 m�\u003cbr\u003eRidge height: 200 cm\u003cbr\u003eWall height: 124 cm\u003cbr\u003eAssembly required: Yes\u003cbr\u003eNumber of packages: 2\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAluminum greenhouse\tX1\u003cbr\u003eUser Manual\tX1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cimg title=\"GH-ALU-126X190-TP-AB\" alt=\"GH-ALU-126X190-TP-AB\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GH-ALU-126X190-TP-AB\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174693114160,"sku":"GH-ALU-126X190-TP-AB","price":336.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GH-ALU-126X190-TP-AB-216285-00.jpg?v=1773111043"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-grow-tent-kits-300x150x200cm-hydroponics-indoor-plant-grow-system","title":"Green Fingers Grow Tent Kits 300x150x200cm Hydroponics Indoor Plant Grow System","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a budding novice or a seasoned green thumb, our Greenfingers hydroponics grow tent is just perfect for you. Lightweight and portable, our grow tent is equipped with all the necessary essentials to facilitate healthy growth of your plants and vegetables. The tent features spaces for various sized fans, lights and filters; easy accessibility with zipped and velcroed covers; a spacious interior and a sturdy, power-coated steel frame for long-lasting use in typical Australian climatic conditions. Easy to assemble or take down, our grow tent makes growing your plants and greens easy with the correct light, temperature and air conditions, both in season and out of season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStrong steel construction\u003cbr\u003e600D oxford cloth exterior\u003cbr\u003eHighly-reflective diamond texture mylar\u003cbr\u003eHeavy duty corner connectors\u003cbr\u003eZipper doors\u003cbr\u003eRemovable water-proof floor tray\u003cbr\u003eHeavy duty support bar for lights and fans\u003cbr\u003eTwo ventilation ports\u003cbr\u003eFour duct ports \u003cbr\u003eFour power cord ports\u003cbr\u003eFour ventilation windows\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrand: Greenfingers\u003cbr\u003eColour: Black\u003cbr\u003eSize: 300cm x 150cm x 200cm\u003cbr\u003eVentilation window size: 30cm x 15cm\u003cbr\u003eFrame material: Powder-coated steel\u003cbr\u003eFabric material: 600D oxford (exterior) and 600D diamond texture Mylar (inner)\u003cbr\u003eAssembly Required: Yes\u003cbr\u003eNumber of packages: One\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGreenfingers grow tent x1\u003cbr\u003eAssembly instruction x1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg title=\"GT-D-300X150X200-BK\" alt=\"GT-D-300X150X200-BK\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GT-D-300X150X200-BK\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174693146928,"sku":"GT-D-300X150X200-BK","price":237.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GT-D-300X150X200-BK-145656-00.jpg?v=1773111056"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-grow-tent-100x60x180cm-4-tiers-kits-hydroponics-indoor-grow-system","title":"Green Fingers Grow Tent 100x60x180cm 4 Tiers Kits Hydroponics Indoor Grow System","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a budding novice or a seasoned green thumb, our Greenfingers hydroponics grow tent is just perfect for you! Equipped with all the essentials including space for fans, lights, and filters, this sturdy powder-coated steel frame tent features a spacious interior designed for long-lasting use in typical Australian climates. With a transparent view door, easy-to-access zipped and velcroed covers, and four removable layers of shelving, our highly reflective diamond texture mylar tent sets you up for successful plant growth, in season and out of season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStrong steel construction\u003cbr\u003eRemovable 4 layers of shelving\u003cbr\u003eTransparent view door\u003cbr\u003e600D oxford cloth exterior\u003cbr\u003eHighly-reflective diamond texture mylar\u003cbr\u003eHeavy-duty corner connectors\u003cbr\u003eZipper and velcro doors\u003cbr\u003eRemovable water-proof floor tray\u003cbr\u003eHeavy-duty support bar for lights and fans\u003cbr\u003eOne ventilation ports \u003cbr\u003eTwo duct ports\u003cbr\u003eTwo power cord ports\u003cbr\u003eTwo ventilation windows\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrand: GreenFingers\u003cbr\u003eColour: Black\u003cbr\u003eSize: 100cm x 60cm x 180cm\u003cbr\u003eVentilation window size: 30cm x 15cm\u003cbr\u003eFrame material: Powder-coated steel\u003cbr\u003eFabric material: 600D oxford (exterior) and 600D diamond texture Mylar (inner)\u003cbr\u003eAssembly Required: Yes\u003cbr\u003eNumber of packages: One\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGreenfingers grow tent x1\u003cbr\u003eAssembly instruction x1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg title=\"GT-D-100X60X180-BK\" alt=\"GT-D-100X60X180-BK\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GT-D-100X60X180-BK\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174693179696,"sku":"GT-D-100X60X180-BK","price":152.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GT-D-100X60X180-BK-145655-00.jpg?v=1773111066"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-grow-tent-kits-240x240x200cm-hydroponics-indoor-grow-system-black","title":"Green Fingers Grow Tent Kits 240x240x200cm Hydroponics Indoor Grow System Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a budding novice or a seasoned green thumb, our Greenfingers hydroponics grow tent is just perfect for you. Lightweight and portable, our grow tent is equipped with all the necessary essentials to facilitate healthy growth of your plants and vegetables. The tent features spaces for various sized fans, lights and filters; easy accessibility with zipped and velcroed covers; a spacious interior and a sturdy, power-coated steel frame for long-lasting use in typical Australian climatic conditions. Easy to assemble or take down, our grow tent makes growing your plants and greens easy with the correct light, temperature and air conditions, both in season and out of season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStrong steel construction\u003cbr\u003e600D oxford cloth exterior\u003cbr\u003eHighly-reflective diamond texture mylar\u003cbr\u003eHeavy duty corner connectors\u003cbr\u003eZipper doors\u003cbr\u003eRemovable water-proof floor tray\u003cbr\u003eHeavy duty support bar for lights and fans\u003cbr\u003eTwo ventilation ports\u003cbr\u003eTwo duct ports \u003cbr\u003eFour power cord ports\u003cbr\u003eSix ventilation windows\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrand: Greenfingers\u003cbr\u003eColour: Black\u003cbr\u003eSize: 240cm x 240cm x 200cm\u003cbr\u003eVentilation window size: 30cm x 15cm\u003cbr\u003eFrame material: Powder-coated steel\u003cbr\u003eFabric material: 600D oxford (exterior) and 600D diamond texture Mylar (inner)\u003cbr\u003eAssembly Required: Yes\u003cbr\u003eNumber of packages: One\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGreenfingers grow tent x1\u003cbr\u003eAssembly instruction x1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg title=\"GT-D-240X240X200-BK\" alt=\"GT-D-240X240X200-BK\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GT-D-240X240X200-BK\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174693212464,"sku":"GT-D-240X240X200-BK","price":285.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GT-D-240X240X200-BK-145654-00.jpg?v=1773111077"},{"product_id":"greenfingers-greenhouse-5-tiers-mini-green-house-garden-bed-planter-box-1-9x0-7x0-5m","title":"Greenfingers Greenhouse 5 Tiers Mini Green House Garden Bed Planter Box 1.9x0.7x0.5M","description":"\u003cp\u003eGrowing greens in Australia can be challenging due to unpredictable weather. Our all-weather Greenhouse provides a stable temperature year-round.\u003cbr\u003eIdeal for home or light commercial use, it protects against extreme weather and keeps pests away. The greenhouse retains heat for optimal growth, ensuring fruitful harvests throughout the year. Made from durable PVC, it includes all necessary fittings for easy setup.\u003cbr\u003eEnjoy fresh, home-grown greens without frequent trips to the store, saving money and promoting healthier eating. Order your Greenhouse today!\u003cbr\u003eNote: Position your greenhouse in a sheltered area and consider adding hedges or fences for extra protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for decks and patios in limited spaces\u003cbr\u003eFeatures a roll-up zipper door for easy access\u003cbr\u003eIncludes plant shelves for organizing your plants\u003cbr\u003eConstructed to be weather-proof and durable\u003cbr\u003eComes with a removable PVC cover for maintenance\u003cbr\u003eMade from tear-resistant material for longevity\u003cbr\u003eDesigned with straps for stability during use\u003cbr\u003eEasy to install with a simple assembly process\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 69x49x189cm\u003cbr\u003eTube Size: Dia 16mm x 0.4mm thickness\u003cbr\u003eTubes: Powder coated for surface\u003cbr\u003eCover: PVC 0.1mm with UV 4%\u003cbr\u003eConnector: PP plastic\u003cbr\u003eColor: Green, Transparent\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGreenhouse X1\u003cbr\u003eAssembly instruction X1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg title=\"GH-MINI-F-5T-TP\" alt=\"GH-MINI-F-5T-TP\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GH-MINI-F-5T-TP\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 1 year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174693245232,"sku":"GH-MINI-F-5T-TP","price":64.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GH-MINI-F-5T-TP-91503-04.jpg?v=1773111090"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-max-4800w-grow-light-led-full-spectrum-indoor-plant-all-stage-growth","title":"Green Fingers Max 4800W Grow Light LED Full Spectrum Indoor Plant All Stage Growth","description":"\u003cp\u003eJust like us, our indoor plants can suffer if not exposed to the nourishing light of the sun. Our grow lights are designed to stimulate plant growth across the full lifecycle by providing a light like the sun, ideal for photosynthesis, with varying levels of lumen output (intensity) and the full spectrum of light. Using quality Samsung LM281B diodes and a Sosen driver, it is a full-spectrum lighting device. The grow light has adjustable settings for Vegetables, Flowers and All Bright conditions. It uses a thick aluminium heat sink to ensure proper heat dispersion, and is more energy saving than old High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lights. Show off your Green Fingers with our Green Fingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light and watch your garden grow today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e- Upgraded FC-E Led \u0026amp; Detachable Bars\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe NEW FC-E series uses independent and detachable light bars and power supply. The grower can assemble the light bar according to their needs, adjust the position of the light bar, and make the lighting more uniform, so as to maximize the output.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhether growing food, or ornamental plants, the FC-E series can take care of every corner of your grow space with the most uniform light distribution. Generate high-quality, reliable crop yields and sustainable control over your grow results!\u003cbr\u003e- High-Quality Efficient LEDs Chips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHigh-Quality LEDs chips, High Efficiency Up to 2.8 μmol\/j,This High-intensity spectrum is beneficial for plants at all stages - from veg to bloom, and creates Big density Buds,IR\u0026amp;UV added(FC-E6500\/FC-E8000 except),better for plants grow.\u003cbr\u003e- Dimmable Brigntness \u0026amp; Dimming Daisy Chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDimmer knob added, ON\/OFF and multi-connection function,more convenient to adjust the brightness. Up to 200 lights can be daisy-chained and control together on just one light\u003cbr\u003e- Uniform lighting\u0026amp;Boom Yield \u0026amp; Increasing Crop Quality\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUpgraded sun-like full spectrum,high PPE, max yield at 2.5g\/w, increasing your yield 50% or more compared with old blurple and HPS lights. easy mounting options,allowing you to grow with confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNoise Level: 0 dB\u003cbr\u003e6*(166 White+46 Red+2 IR+2pcs UV) = 1296pcs\u003cbr\u003eSamsung LM281B 3000K+5000K+Red+IR+UV\u003cbr\u003eSpectrum: 380-410nm,660-665nm,730-740nm,3000K,5000K\u003cbr\u003eStandard Wattage: 480W @100-277V With 6FT AC power cord.\u003cbr\u003eMax power: 4800W\u003cbr\u003eAmp Draw:4 A@AC120V,2A@AC240V ,1.74A@AC277V\u003cbr\u003e0-10V dimming\u003cbr\u003eCover: 4*4 feet =1.2m × 1.2m\u003cbr\u003ePPF(PAR Value) : 1200 μmol\/s\u003cbr\u003eDetachable Driver---Sosen SAA Driver\u003cbr\u003eLumen Output: 76800Lm@AC120V,76120Lm±5%@AC240V\u003cbr\u003eReplaces HPS\/HID\/MH: 600 watt\u003cbr\u003eProduct Size: 808*690*86 mm\u003cbr\u003eProduct Weight: 8.7KG\u003cbr\u003eInput Voltage: 100-277V\u003cbr\u003eFrequency Range: 50~60Hz\u003cbr\u003eLife Rating: 50000 hrs\u003cbr\u003ePPE: 2.6μmol\/j\u003cbr\u003eMax Yield: 2.5g\/w\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrow light x 1\u003cbr\u003eHanging Kits x 1\u003cbr\u003eManual x 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg title=\"GL-BOARD-480-DIM-BAR\" alt=\"GL-BOARD-480-DIM-BAR\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GL-BOARD-480-DIM-BAR\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 3 years warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174694162736,"sku":"GL-BOARD-480-DIM-BAR","price":416.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GL-BOARD-480-DIM-BAR-00.jpg?v=1773111100"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-max-3200w-grow-light-led-full-spectrum-indoor-plant-all-stage-growth","title":"Green Fingers Max 3200W Grow Light LED Full Spectrum Indoor Plant All Stage Growth","description":"\u003cp\u003eJust like us, our indoor plants can suffer if not exposed to the nourishing light of the sun. Our grow lights are designed to stimulate plant growth across the full lifecycle by providing a light like the sun, ideal for photosynthesis, with varying levels of lumen output (intensity) and the full spectrum of light. Using quality Samsung LM281B diodes and a Sosen driver, it is a full-spectrum lighting device. The grow light has adjustable settings for Vegetables, Flowers and All Bright conditions. It uses a thick aluminium heat sink to ensure proper heat dispersion, and is more energy saving than old High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lights. Show off your Green Fingers with our Green Fingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light and watch your garden grow today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e- Upgraded FC-E Led \u0026amp; Detachable Bars\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe NEW FC-E series uses independent and detachable light bars and power supply. The grower can assemble the light bar according to their needs, adjust the position of the light bar, and make the lighting more uniform, so as to maximize the output.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhether growing food, or ornamental plants, the FC-E series can take care of every corner of your grow space with the most uniform light distribution. Generate high-quality, reliable crop yields and sustainable control over your grow results!\u003cbr\u003e- High-Quality Efficient LEDs Chips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHigh-Quality LEDs chips, High Efficiency Up to 2.8 μmol\/j,This High-intensity spectrum is beneficial for plants at all stages - from veg to bloom, and creates Big density Buds,IR\u0026amp;UV added(FC-E6500\/FC-E8000 except),better for plants grow.\u003cbr\u003e- Dimmable Brigntness \u0026amp; Dimming Daisy Chain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDimmer knob added, ON\/OFF and multi-connection function,more convenient to adjust the brightness. Up to 200 lights can be daisy-chained and control together on just one light\u003cbr\u003e- Uniform lighting\u0026amp;Boom Yield \u0026amp; Increasing Crop Quality\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUpgraded sun-like full spectrum,high PPE, max yield at 2.5g\/w, increasing your yield 50% or more compared with old blurple and HPS lights. easy mounting options,allowing you to grow with confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNoise Level: 0 dB\u003cbr\u003e4*(166 White+46 Red+2 IR+2pcs UV)=864pcs\u003cbr\u003eSamsung LM281B 3000K+5000K+Red+IR+UV\u003cbr\u003eSpectrum: 380-410nm,660-665nm,730-740nm,3000K,5000K\u003cbr\u003eStandard Wattage: 320W @100-277V With 6FT AC power cord.\u003cbr\u003eMax power: 3200W\u003cbr\u003eAmp Draw:2.67 A@AC120V,1.33A@AC240V ,1.16A@AC277V\u003cbr\u003e0-10V dimming\u003cbr\u003eCover: 4*4 feet =1.2m × 1.2m\u003cbr\u003ePPF(Par Value) : 780 μmol\/s\u003cbr\u003eDetachable Driver---Sosen SAA Driver\u003cbr\u003eLumen Output: 51200 Lm@AC120V,50800Lm@AC240V\u003cbr\u003eReplaces HPS\/HID\/MH: 400 watt\u003cbr\u003eProduct Size: 795*690*86 mm\u003cbr\u003eProduct Weight: 6.4KG\u003cbr\u003eInput Voltage: 100-277V\u003cbr\u003eFrequency Range: 50~60Hz\u003cbr\u003eLife Rating: 50000 hrs\u003cbr\u003ePPE: 2.6μmol\/j\u003cbr\u003eMax Yield: 2.5g\/w\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrow light x 1\u003cbr\u003eHanging Kits x 1\u003cbr\u003eManual x 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg title=\"GL-BOARD-320-DIM-BAR\" alt=\"GL-BOARD-320-DIM-BAR\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GL-BOARD-320-DIM-BAR\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with 3 years warranty\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174694195504,"sku":"GL-BOARD-320-DIM-BAR","price":280.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GL-BOARD-320-DIM-BAR-59317-00.jpg?v=1773111113"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-grow-tent-light-kit-240x120x200cm-4500w-led-full-spectrum","title":"Green Fingers Grow Tent Light Kit 240x120x200CM 4500W LED Full Spectrum","description":"\u003cp\u003e2.4M x 1.2M x 2M|Grow tent| Easy Set-Up\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a budding novice or a seasoned green thumb, our Greenfingers hydroponics grow tent is just perfect for you. Lightweight and portable, our grow tent is equipped with all the necessary essentials to facilitate healthy growth of your plants and vegetables. These includes fittings and spaces for various sized fans, lights and filters; easy accessibility with zipped and velcroed covers; spacious interior and a sturdy, power-coated steel frame for longlasting use in typical Australian climatic conditions. Easy to assemble or take down, our grow tent makes growing your plants and greens easy with the correct light, temperature and air conditions, both in season and out of season.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e4500 LED Grow light\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eJust like us, our indoor plants can suffer if not exposed to the nourishing light of the sun. No windows? No problem � not with the Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control. Our grow lights are designed to stimulate plant growth across the full lifecycle by providing a light like the sun, ideal for photosynthesis, with varying levels of lumen output (intensity) and the full spectrum of light. Using quality Samsung LM281B diodes and a Sosen driver, it is a full-spectrum lighting device. The grow light has adjustable settings for Vegetables, Flowers and All Bright conditions(except for 1000W). There are timing settings for each setting, and using the smart app allows for full remote control over each light and 0-100 infinite dimming(except for 1000W1500W). It uses a thick aluminium heat sink to ensure proper heat dispersion, and is more energy saving than old High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lights. Show off your Greenfingers with our Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control and watch your garden grow today.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent:\u003cbr\u003e\r\nStrong steel construction\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty corner connectors\u003cbr\u003e\r\nEasy to install, no tools needed\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSpacious interior\u003cbr\u003e\r\n600D oxford cloth exterior\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAluminium foil inner lining\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExtra removable water-proof floor tray\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty support bar for lights and fans\u003cbr\u003e\r\nZippered doors and zippered windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nTwo cooling air tubes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFour air extraction openings\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFour power cord ports\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFour ventilation windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light: \u003cbr\u003e\r\n- LOWER RUNNING COSTS  HIGHER-QUALITY YIELDS\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHigh Energy Efficiency with about 2.6 umol\/J, delivers powerful light output and uniform canopy penetration to resulting maximum higher yields. Only consumes 450w, running 50% less power than the HPS or other SMD LEDs or Blurple lamps. Veg footprint is 4 x 4 ft, Flowering footprint is 3 x 3 ft.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- CUSTOMIZED DIMMING DESIGN\u003cbr\u003e\r\nA dimming knob and light switch. A single light can be adjusted the light intensity at liberty.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n-ALL-ROUND CONTROL BY SMART APP\u003cbr\u003e\r\nYou can download an APP to control the lighting remotely. Adjusting spectrum,timing function and dimming function all can be controlled by your phone smartly.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- IDEAL FOR ALL GROWTH STAGES\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExcellent full spectrum- white, blue, red and IR (3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV). 3000K diodes providing more reddish light and the 5000K providing more blueish. The 660nm red and IR light is especially useful during bloom, where it speeds up flowering time and boost yields. Turn your seeds into your own supply. And the light looks fairly natural, so it's good for accurately monitoring plant health.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- WELL MADE  SOLID CONSTRUCTION\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNo Fan Noise Free. High Safety performance SOSEN Driver, Fair Water resistance. Update aluminum board is thick and sturdy, doesn't put out a tremendous amount of heat, high-quality protective covers for cables; User-Friendly Packaging. Quality components mean the light lasts longer, but they also save you money.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- VALUE FOR THE MONEY\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- AFTER-SERVICE\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWe provides 3 years of after-service\u003cbr\u003e\r\nALL OPPTIONS FOR YOU\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 1 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver and RJ14 port 110W Non-dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 2 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 150W Dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 3 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 220W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 4 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 300W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 5 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 450W,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent:\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSize?2.4M X 1.2M X2M\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFrame material: Powder coated steel\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFabric material: 600D oxford (exterior) and 600D diamond texture Mylar (inner)\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAssembly Required: Yes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNumber of packages: 1\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light:\u003cbr\u003e\r\nModel No.:GL-BOARD-450-DIM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nActual Power:450W�5%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFull Spectrum:3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV 395-405nm\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimmable:0%-100%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPE:2.6?mol\/J\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPF:11180�5%?mol\/s\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLumen Lux:56160LM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLife Span:50000hrs\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPF Data:\u0026gt;0.95\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDriver:Sosen\u003cbr\u003e\r\nMax Coverge:5FT*5FT\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLED Qty:704pcs 3000K + 128pcs 5000K + 56pcs RED 660nm + 4pcs IR 730nm+4pcs UV\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWork Frequency:50-60HZ\u003cbr\u003e\r\nVoltage:AC100-277V\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimension(cm):60*48*7\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWater resistance:IP65\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWarranty:3 Years\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cimg title=\"GT-D-240X120X200-BOARD-450-DIM\" alt=\"GT-D-240X120X200-BOARD-450-DIM\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GT-D-240X120X200-BOARD-450-DIM\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Grow tent  \u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Grow light   \u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Hanging Kits   \u003cbr\u003e\r\n2 x Assembly instruction  \u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174694228272,"sku":"GT-D-240X120X200-BOARD-450-DIM","price":609.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GT-D-240X120X200-BOARD-450-DIM-00.jpg?v=1773111125"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-grow-tent-light-kit-240x120x200cm-2200w-led-full-spectrum","title":"Green Fingers Grow Tent Light Kit 240x120x200CM 2200W LED Full Spectrum","description":"\u003cp\u003e2.4M x 1.2M x 2M|Grow tent| Easy Set-Up\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a budding novice or a seasoned green thumb, our Greenfingers hydroponics grow tent is just perfect for you. Lightweight and portable, our grow tent is equipped with all the necessary essentials to facilitate healthy growth of your plants and vegetables. These includes fittings and spaces for various sized fans, lights and filters; easy accessibility with zipped and velcroed covers; spacious interior and a sturdy, power-coated steel frame for longlasting use in typical Australian climatic conditions. Easy to assemble or take down, our grow tent makes growing your plants and greens easy with the correct light, temperature and air conditions, both in season and out of season.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e2200W LED Grow light:\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eJust like us, our indoor plants can suffer if not exposed to the nourishing light of the sun. No windows? No problem - not with the Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control. Our grow lights are designed to stimulate plant growth across the full lifecycle by providing a light like the sun, ideal for photosynthesis, with varying levels of lumen output (intensity) and the full spectrum of light. Using quality Samsung LM281B diodes and a Sosen driver, it is a full-spectrum lighting device. The grow light has adjustable settings for Vegetables, Flowers and All Bright conditions(except for 1000W). There are timing settings for each setting, and using the smart app allows for full remote control over each light and 0-100 infinite dimming(except for 1000W1500W). It uses a thick aluminium heat sink to ensure proper heat dispersion, and is more energy saving than old High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lights. Show off your Greenfingers with our Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control and watch your garden grow today.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent:\u003cbr\u003e\r\nStrong steel construction\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty corner connectors\u003cbr\u003e\r\nEasy to install, no tools needed\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSpacious interior\u003cbr\u003e\r\n600D oxford cloth exterior\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAluminium foil inner lining\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExtra removable water-proof floor tray\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty support bar for lights and fans\u003cbr\u003e\r\nZippered doors and zippered windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nTwo cooling air tubes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFour air extraction openings\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFour power cord ports\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFour ventilation windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light:\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- LOWER RUNNING COSTS  HIGHER-QUALITY YIELDS\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHigh Energy Efficiency with about 2.6 umol\/J, delivers powerful light output and uniform canopy penetration to resulting maximum higher yields. Only consumes 220w, running 50% less power than the HPS or other SMD LEDs or Blurple lamps. Veg footprint is 2 x 4 ft, Flowering footprint is 1.5 x 3 ft.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- CUSTOMIZED DIMMING DESIGN\u003cbr\u003e\r\nA dimming knob and light switch. A single light can be adjusted the light intensity at liberty.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n-ALL-ROUND CONTROL BY SMART APP\u003cbr\u003e\r\nYou can download an APP to control the lighting remotely. Adjusting spectrum,timing function and dimming function all can be controlled by your phone smartly.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- IDEAL FOR ALL GROWTH STAGES\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExcellent full spectrum- white, blue, red and IR (3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV). 3000K diodes providing more reddish light and the 5000K providing more blueish. The 660nm red and IR light is especially useful during bloom, where it speeds up flowering time and boost yields. Turn your seeds into your own supply. And the light looks fairly natural, so it's good for accurately monitoring plant health.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- WELL MADE  SOLID CONSTRUCTION\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNo Fan Noise Free. High Safety performance SOSEN Driver, Fair Water resistance. Update aluminum board is thick and sturdy, doesn't put out a tremendous amount of heat, high-quality protective covers for cables; User-Friendly Packaging. Quality components mean the light lasts longer, but they also save you money.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- VALUE FOR THE MONEY\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- AFTER-SERVICE\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWe provides 3 years of after-service\u003cbr\u003e\r\nALL OPPTIONS FOR YOU\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 1 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver and RJ14 port 110W Non-dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 2 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 150W Dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 3 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 220W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 4 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 300W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 5 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 450W,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent:\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSize: 2.4M X 1.2M X2M\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFrame material: Powder coated steel\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFabric material: 600D oxford (exterior) and 600D diamond texture Mylar (inner)\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAssembly Required: Yes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNumber of packages: 1\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light\u003cbr\u003e\r\nModel No.:GL-BOARD-220-DIM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nActual Power:220W�5%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFull Spectrum:3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV 395-405nm\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimmable:0%-100%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPE:2.6?mol\/J\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPF:572�5%?mol\/s\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLumen Lux:28080LM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLife Span:50000hrs\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPF Data:\u0026gt;0.95\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDriver:Sosen\u003cbr\u003e\r\nMax Coverge:5FT*3FT\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLED Qty:352pcs 3000K + 64pcs 5000K + 28pcs RED 660nm + 2pcs IR 730nm+2pcs UV\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWork Frequency:50-60HZ\u003cbr\u003e\r\nVoltage:AC100-277V\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimension(cm):60*24*7\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWater resistance:IP65\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWarranty:3 Years\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cimg title=\"GT-D-240X120X200-BOARD-220-DIM\" alt=\"GT-D-240X120X200-BOARD-220-DIM\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GT-D-240X120X200-BOARD-220-DIM\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Grow tent \u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Grow light   \u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Hanging Kits   \u003cbr\u003e\r\n2 x Assembly instruction  \u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174694261040,"sku":"GT-D-240X120X200-BOARD-220-DIM","price":428.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GT-D-240X120X200-BOARD-220-DIM-00.jpg?v=1773111138"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-grow-tent-light-kit-150x150x200cm-4500w-led-full-spectrum","title":"Green Fingers Grow Tent Light Kit 150x150x200CM 4500W LED Full Spectrum","description":"\u003cp\u003e1.5M x 1.5M x 2M|Grow tent| Easy Set-Up\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a budding novice or a seasoned green thumb, our Greenfingers hydroponics grow tent is just perfect for you. Lightweight and portable, our grow tent is equipped with all the necessary essentials to facilitate healthy growth of your plants and vegetables. These includes fittings and spaces for various sized fans, lights and filters; easy accessibility with zipped and velcroed covers; spacious interior and a sturdy, power-coated steel frame for longlasting use in typical Australian climatic conditions. Easy to assemble or take down, our grow tent makes growing your plants and greens easy with the correct light, temperature and air conditions, both in season and out of season.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e4500 LED Grow light\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eJust like us, our indoor plants can suffer if not exposed to the nourishing light of the sun. No windows? No problem - not with the Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control. Our grow lights are designed to stimulate plant growth across the full lifecycle by providing a light like the sun, ideal for photosynthesis, with varying levels of lumen output (intensity) and the full spectrum of light. Using quality Samsung LM281B diodes and a Sosen driver, it is a full-spectrum lighting device. The grow light has adjustable settings for Vegetables, Flowers and All Bright conditions(except for 1000W). There are timing settings for each setting, and using the smart app allows for full remote control over each light and 0-100 infinite dimming(except for 1000W1500W). It uses a thick aluminium heat sink to ensure proper heat dispersion, and is more energy saving than old High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lights. Show off your Greenfingers with our Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control and watch your garden grow today.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent:\u003cbr\u003e\r\nStrong steel construction\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty corner connectors\u003cbr\u003e\r\nEasy to install, no tools needed\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSpacious interior\u003cbr\u003e\r\n600D oxford cloth exterior\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAluminium foil inner lining\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExtra removable water-proof floor tray\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty support bar for lights and fans\u003cbr\u003e\r\nZippered doors and zippered windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nCooling air tubes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAir extraction openings\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPower cord ports\u003cbr\u003e\r\nVentilation windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light?\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- LOWER RUNNING COSTS  HIGHER-QUALITY YIELDS\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHigh Energy Efficiency with about 2.6 umol\/J, delivers powerful light output and uniform canopy penetration to resulting maximum higher yields. Only consumes 450w, running 50% less power than the HPS or other SMD LEDs or Blurple lamps. Veg footprint is 4 x 4 ft, Flowering footprint is 3 x 3 ft.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- CUSTOMIZED DIMMING DESIGN\u003cbr\u003e\r\nA dimming knob and light switch. A single light can be adjusted the light intensity at liberty.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n-ALL-ROUND CONTROL BY SMART APP\u003cbr\u003e\r\nYou can download an APP to control the lighting remotely. Adjusting spectrum,timing function and dimming function all can be controlled by your phone smartly.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- IDEAL FOR ALL GROWTH STAGES\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExcellent full spectrum- white, blue, red and IR (3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV). 3000K diodes providing more reddish light and the 5000K providing more blueish. The 660nm red and IR light is especially useful during bloom, where it speeds up flowering time and boost yields. Turn your seeds into your own supply. And the light looks fairly natural, so it's good for accurately monitoring plant health.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- WELL MADE  SOLID CONSTRUCTION\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNo Fan Noise Free. High Safety performance SOSEN Driver, Fair Water resistance. Update aluminum board is thick and sturdy, doesn't put out a tremendous amount of heat, high-quality protective covers for cables; User-Friendly Packaging. Quality components mean the light lasts longer, but they also save you money.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- VALUE FOR THE MONEY\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- AFTER-SERVICE\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWe provides 3 years of after-service\u003cbr\u003e\r\nALL OPPTIONS FOR YOU\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 1 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver and RJ14 port 110W Non-dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 2 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 150W Dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 3 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 220W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 4 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 300W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 5 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 450W,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent:\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSize?1.5M X 1.5M X 2M\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFrame material: Powder coated steel\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFabric material: 600D oxford (exterior) and 600D diamond texture Mylar (inner)\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAssembly Required: Yes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNumber of packages: 1\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light\u003cbr\u003e\r\nModel No.:GL-BOARD-450-DIM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nActual Power:450W�5%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFull Spectrum:3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV 395-405nm\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimmable:0%-100%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPE:2.6?mol\/J\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPF:11180�5%?mol\/s\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLumen Lux:56160LM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLife Span:50000hrs\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPF Data:\u0026gt;0.95\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDriver:Sosen\u003cbr\u003e\r\nMax Coverge:5FT*5FT\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLED Qty:704pcs 3000K + 128pcs 5000K + 56pcs RED 660nm + 4pcs IR 730nm+4pcs UV\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWork Frequency:50-60HZ\u003cbr\u003e\r\nVoltage:AC100-277V\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimension(cm):60*48*7\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWater resistance:IP65\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWarranty:3 Years\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cimg title=\"GT-D-150X150X200-BOARD-450-DIM\" alt=\"GT-D-150X150X200-BOARD-450-DIM\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GT-D-150X150X200-BOARD-450-DIM\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\n(1) Grow tent x1 \u003cbr\u003e\r\n(2) Grow light  x1 \u003cbr\u003e\r\n(3) Hanging Kits  x1 \u003cbr\u003e\r\n(4) Assembly instruction x2  \u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174694293808,"sku":"GT-D-150X150X200-BOARD-450-DIM","price":568.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GT-D-150X150X200-BOARD-450-DIM-00.jpg?v=1773111150"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-grow-tent-light-kit-150x150x200cm-2200w-led-full-spectrum","title":"Green Fingers Grow Tent Light Kit 150x150x200CM 2200W LED Full Spectrum","description":"\u003cp\u003e1.5M x 1.5M x 2M|Grow tent| Easy Set-Up\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a budding novice or a seasoned green thumb, our Greenfingers hydroponics grow tent is just perfect for you. Lightweight and portable, our grow tent is equipped with all the necessary essentials to facilitate healthy growth of your plants and vegetables. These includes fittings and spaces for various sized fans, lights and filters; easy accessibility with zipped and velcroed covers; spacious interior and a sturdy, power-coated steel frame for longlasting use in typical Australian climatic conditions. Easy to assemble or take down, our grow tent makes growing your plants and greens easy with the correct light, temperature and air conditions, both in season and out of season.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e2200W LED Grow light:\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eJust like us, our indoor plants can suffer if not exposed to the nourishing light of the sun. No windows? No problem - not with the Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control. Our grow lights are designed to stimulate plant growth across the full lifecycle by providing a light like the sun, ideal for photosynthesis, with varying levels of lumen output (intensity) and the full spectrum of light. Using quality Samsung LM281B diodes and a Sosen driver, it is a full-spectrum lighting device. The grow light has adjustable settings for Vegetables, Flowers and All Bright conditions(except for 1000W). There are timing settings for each setting, and using the smart app allows for full remote control over each light and 0-100 infinite dimming(except for 1000W1500W). It uses a thick aluminium heat sink to ensure proper heat dispersion, and is more energy saving than old High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lights. Show off your Greenfingers with our Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control and watch your garden grow today.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent:\u003cbr\u003e\r\nStrong steel construction\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty corner connectors\u003cbr\u003e\r\nEasy to install, no tools needed\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSpacious interior\u003cbr\u003e\r\n600D oxford cloth exterior\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAluminium foil inner lining\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExtra removable water-proof floor tray\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty support bar for lights and fans\u003cbr\u003e\r\nZippered doors and zippered windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nCooling air tubes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAir extraction openings\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPower cord ports\u003cbr\u003e\r\nVentilation windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light:\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- LOWER RUNNING COSTS  HIGHER-QUALITY YIELDS\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHigh Energy Efficiency with about 2.6 umol\/J, delivers powerful light output and uniform canopy penetration to resulting maximum higher yields. Only consumes 220w, running 50% less power than the HPS or other SMD LEDs or Blurple lamps. Veg footprint is 2 x 4 ft, Flowering footprint is 1.5 x 3 ft.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- CUSTOMIZED DIMMING DESIGN\u003cbr\u003e\r\nA dimming knob and light switch. A single light can be adjusted the light intensity at liberty.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n-ALL-ROUND CONTROL BY SMART APP\u003cbr\u003e\r\nYou can download an APP to control the lighting remotely. Adjusting spectrum,timing function and dimming function all can be controlled by your phone smartly.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- IDEAL FOR ALL GROWTH STAGES\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExcellent full spectrum- white, blue, red and IR (3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV). 3000K diodes providing more reddish light and the 5000K providing more blueish. The 660nm red and IR light is especially useful during bloom, where it speeds up flowering time and boost yields. Turn your seeds into your own supply. And the light looks fairly natural, so it's good for accurately monitoring plant health.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- WELL MADE  SOLID CONSTRUCTION\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNo Fan Noise Free. High Safety performance SOSEN Driver, Fair Water resistance. Update aluminum board is thick and sturdy, doesn't put out a tremendous amount of heat, high-quality protective covers for cables; User-Friendly Packaging. Quality components mean the light lasts longer, but they also save you money.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- VALUE FOR THE MONEY\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- AFTER-SERVICE\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWe provides 3 years of after-service\u003cbr\u003e\r\nALL OPPTIONS FOR YOU\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 1 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver and RJ14 port 110W Non-dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 2 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 150W Dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 3 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 220W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 4 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 300W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 5 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 450W,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent:\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSize: 1.5M X 1.5M X 2M\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFrame material: Powder coated steel\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFabric material: 600D oxford (exterior) and 600D diamond texture Mylar (inner)\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAssembly Required: Yes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNumber of packages: 1\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light\u003cbr\u003e\r\nModel No.:GL-BOARD-220-DIM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nActual Power:220W�5%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFull Spectrum:3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV 395-405nm\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimmable:0%-100%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPE:2.6?mol\/J\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPF:572�5%?mol\/s\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLumen Lux:28080LM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLife Span:50000hrs\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPF Data:\u0026gt;0.95\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDriver:Sosen\u003cbr\u003e\r\nMax Coverge:5FT*3FT\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLED Qty:352pcs 3000K + 64pcs 5000K + 28pcs RED 660nm + 2pcs IR 730nm+2pcs UV\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWork Frequency:50-60HZ\u003cbr\u003e\r\nVoltage:AC100-277V\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimension(cm):60*24*7\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWater resistance:IP65\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWarranty:3 Years\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cimg title=\"GT-D-150X150X200-BOARD-220-DIM\" alt=\"GT-D-150X150X200-BOARD-220-DIM\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GT-D-150X150X200-BOARD-220-DIM\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Grow tent\u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Grow light   \u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Hanging Kits  \u003cbr\u003e\r\n2 x Assembly instruction   \u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174694359344,"sku":"GT-D-150X150X200-BOARD-220-DIM","price":326.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GT-D-150X150X200-BOARD-220-DIM-00.jpg?v=1773111162"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-grow-tent-light-kit-120x120x200cm-4500w-led-full-spectrum","title":"Green Fingers Grow Tent Light Kit 120x120x200CM 4500W LED Full Spectrum","description":"\u003cp\u003e1.2M x 1.2M x 2M|Grow tent| Easy Set-Up\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a budding novice or a seasoned green thumb, our Greenfingers hydroponics grow tent is just perfect for you. Lightweight and portable, our grow tent is equipped with all the necessary essentials to facilitate healthy growth of your plants and vegetables. These includes fittings and spaces for various sized fans, lights and filters; easy accessibility with zipped and velcroed covers; spacious interior and a sturdy, power-coated steel frame for longlasting use in typical Australian climatic conditions. Easy to assemble or take down, our grow tent makes growing your plants and greens easy with the correct light, temperature and air conditions, both in season and out of season.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e2200W LED Grow light:\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eJust like us, our indoor plants can suffer if not exposed to the nourishing light of the sun. No windows? No problem � not with the Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control. Our grow lights are designed to stimulate plant growth across the full lifecycle by providing a light like the sun, ideal for photosynthesis, with varying levels of lumen output (intensity) and the full spectrum of light. Using quality Samsung LM281B diodes and a Sosen driver, it is a full-spectrum lighting device. The grow light has adjustable settings for Vegetables, Flowers and All Bright conditions(except for 1000W). There are timing settings for each setting, and using the smart app allows for full remote control over each light and 0-100 infinite dimming(except for 1000W1500W). It uses a thick aluminium heat sink to ensure proper heat dispersion, and is more energy saving than old High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lights. Show off your Greenfingers with our Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control and watch your garden grow today.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e4500 LED Grow light\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eJust like us, our indoor plants can suffer if not exposed to the nourishing light of the sun. No windows? No problem � not with the Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control. Our grow lights are designed to stimulate plant growth across the full lifecycle by providing a light like the sun, ideal for photosynthesis, with varying levels of lumen output (intensity) and the full spectrum of light. Using quality Samsung LM281B diodes and a Sosen driver, it is a full-spectrum lighting device. The grow light has adjustable settings for Vegetables, Flowers and All Bright conditions(except for 1000W). There are timing settings for each setting, and using the smart app allows for full remote control over each light and 0-100 infinite dimming(except for 1000W1500W). It uses a thick aluminium heat sink to ensure proper heat dispersion, and is more energy saving than old High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lights. Show off your Greenfingers with our Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control and watch your garden grow today.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent\u003cbr\u003e\r\nStrong steel construction\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty corner connectors\u003cbr\u003e\r\nEasy to install, no tools needed\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSpacious interior\u003cbr\u003e\r\n600D oxford cloth exterior\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAluminium foil inner lining\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExtra removable water-proof floor tray\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty support bar for lights and fans\u003cbr\u003e\r\nZippered doors and zippered windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nCooling air tubes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAir extraction openings\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPower cord ports\u003cbr\u003e\r\nVentilation windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light:\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- LOWER RUNNING COSTS  HIGHER-QUALITY YIELDS\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHigh Energy Efficiency with about 2.6 umol\/J, delivers powerful light output and uniform canopy penetration to resulting maximum higher yields. Only consumes 450w, running 50% less power than the HPS or other SMD LEDs or Blurple lamps. Veg footprint is 4 x 4 ft, Flowering footprint is 3 x 3 ft.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- CUSTOMIZED DIMMING DESIGN\u003cbr\u003e\r\nA dimming knob and light switch. A single light can be adjusted the light intensity at liberty.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n-ALL-ROUND CONTROL BY SMART APP\u003cbr\u003e\r\nYou can download an APP to control the lighting remotely. Adjusting spectrum,timing function and dimming function all can be controlled by your phone smartly.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- IDEAL FOR ALL GROWTH STAGES\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExcellent full spectrum- white, blue, red and IR (3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV). 3000K diodes providing more reddish light and the 5000K providing more blueish. The 660nm red and IR light is especially useful during bloom, where it speeds up flowering time and boost yields. Turn your seeds into your own supply. And the light looks fairly natural, so it's good for accurately monitoring plant health.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- WELL MADE  SOLID CONSTRUCTION\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNo Fan Noise Free. High Safety performance SOSEN Driver, Fair Water resistance. Update aluminum board is thick and sturdy, doesn't put out a tremendous amount of heat, high-quality protective covers for cables; User-Friendly Packaging. Quality components mean the light lasts longer, but they also save you money.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- VALUE FOR THE MONEY\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- AFTER-SERVICE\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWe provides 3 years of after-service\u003cbr\u003e\r\nALL OPPTIONS FOR YOU\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 1 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver and RJ14 port 110W Non-dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 2 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 150W Dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 3 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 220W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 4 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 300W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 5 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 450W,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSize: 1.2M X 1.2M X 2M\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFrame material: Powder coated steel\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFabric material: 600D oxford (exterior) and 600D diamond texture Mylar (inner)\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAssembly Required: Yes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNumber of packages: 1\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light\u003cbr\u003e\r\nModel No.:GL-BOARD-450-DIM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nActual Power:450W�5%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFull Spectrum:3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV 395-405nm\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimmable:0%-100%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPE:2.6?mol\/J\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPF:11180�5%?mol\/s\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLumen Lux:56160LM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLife Span:50000hrs\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPF Data:\u0026gt;0.95\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDriver:Sosen\u003cbr\u003e\r\nMax Coverge:5FT*5FT\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLED Qty:704pcs 3000K + 128pcs 5000K + 56pcs RED 660nm + 4pcs IR 730nm+4pcs UV\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWork Frequency:50-60HZ\u003cbr\u003e\r\nVoltage:AC100-277V\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimension(cm):60*48*7\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWater resistance:IP65\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWarranty:3 Years\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cimg title=\"GT-D-120X120X200-BOARD-450-DIM\" alt=\"GT-D-120X120X200-BOARD-450-DIM\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GT-D-120X120X200-BOARD-450-DIM\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Grow tent x1 \u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Grow light  x1 \u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Hanging Kits  x1 \u003cbr\u003e\r\n2 x Assembly instruction x2  \u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174694392112,"sku":"GT-D-120X120X200-BOARD-450-DIM","price":518.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GT-D-120X120X200-BOARD-450-DIM-00.jpg?v=1773111174"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-grow-tent-light-kit-100x100x200cm-2200w-led-full-spectrum","title":"Green Fingers Grow Tent Light Kit 100x100x200CM 2200W LED Full Spectrum","description":"\u003cp\u003e1.0M x 1.0M x 2M|Grow tent| Easy Set-Up\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a budding novice or a seasoned green thumb, our Greenfingers hydroponics grow tent is just perfect for you. Lightweight and portable, our grow tent is equipped with all the necessary essentials to facilitate healthy growth of your plants and vegetables. These includes fittings and spaces for various sized fans, lights and filters; easy accessibility with zipped and velcroed covers; spacious interior and a sturdy, power-coated steel frame for longlasting use in typical Australian climatic conditions. Easy to assemble or take down, our grow tent makes growing your plants and greens easy with the correct light, temperature and air conditions, both in season and out of season.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\u003cp\u003e Just like us, our indoor plants can suffer if not exposed to the nourishing light of the sun. No windows? No problem - not with the Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control. Our grow lights are designed to stimulate plant growth across the full lifecycle by providing a light like the sun, ideal for photosynthesis, with varying levels of lumen output (intensity) and the full spectrum of light. Using quality Samsung LM281B diodes and a Sosen driver, it is a full-spectrum lighting device. The grow light has adjustable settings for Vegetables, Flowers and All Bright conditions(except for 1000W). There are timing settings for each setting, and using the smart app allows for full remote control over each light and 0-100 infinite dimming(except for 1000W1500W). It uses a thick aluminium heat sink to ensure proper heat dispersion, and is more energy saving than old High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lights. Show off your Greenfingers with our Greenfingers Quantum Board LED Grow Light with Smart App Control and watch your garden grow today.\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent\u003cbr\u003e\r\nStrong steel construction\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty corner connectors\u003cbr\u003e\r\nEasy to install, no tools needed\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSpacious interior\u003cbr\u003e\r\n600D oxford cloth exterior\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAluminium foil inner lining\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExtra removable water-proof floor tray\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHeavy duty support bar for lights and fans\u003cbr\u003e\r\nZippered doors and zippered windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nCooling air tubes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAir extraction openings\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPower cord ports\u003cbr\u003e\r\nVentilation windows\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- LOWER RUNNING COSTS  HIGHER-QUALITY YIELDS\u003cbr\u003e\r\nHigh Energy Efficiency with about 2.6 umol\/J, delivers powerful light output and uniform canopy penetration to resulting maximum higher yields. Only consumes 220w, running 50% less power than the HPS or other SMD LEDs or Blurple lamps. Veg footprint is 2 x 4 ft, Flowering footprint is 1.5 x 3 ft.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- CUSTOMIZED DIMMING DESIGN\u003cbr\u003e\r\nA dimming knob and light switch. A single light can be adjusted the light intensity at liberty.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n-ALL-ROUND CONTROL BY SMART APP\u003cbr\u003e\r\nYou can download an APP to control the lighting remotely. Adjusting spectrum,timing function and dimming function all can be controlled by your phone smartly.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- IDEAL FOR ALL GROWTH STAGES\u003cbr\u003e\r\nExcellent full spectrum- white, blue, red and IR (3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV). 3000K diodes providing more reddish light and the 5000K providing more blueish. The 660nm red and IR light is especially useful during bloom, where it speeds up flowering time and boost yields. Turn your seeds into your own supply. And the light looks fairly natural, so it's good for accurately monitoring plant health.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- WELL MADE  SOLID CONSTRUCTION\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNo Fan Noise Free. High Safety performance SOSEN Driver, Fair Water resistance. Update aluminum board is thick and sturdy, doesn't put out a tremendous amount of heat, high-quality protective covers for cables; User-Friendly Packaging. Quality components mean the light lasts longer, but they also save you money.\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- VALUE FOR THE MONEY\u003cbr\u003e\r\n- AFTER-SERVICE\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWe provides 3 years of after-service\u003cbr\u003e\r\nALL OPPTIONS FOR YOU\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 1 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver and RJ14 port 110W Non-dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 2 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 150W Dimmable\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 3 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 220W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 4 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 300W Dimmable,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\nOPTION 5 3000k, 5000k,Red,IR,UV + Sosen Driver with dimming and RJ14 port 450W,Smart App\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow tent\u003cbr\u003e\r\nSize:1.0M X 1.0M X 2M\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFrame material: Powder coated steel\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFabric material: 600D oxford (exterior) and 600D diamond texture Mylar (inner)\u003cbr\u003e\r\nAssembly Required: Yes\u003cbr\u003e\r\nNumber of packages: 1\u003cbr\u003e\r\nGrow light\u003cbr\u003e\r\nModel No.:GL-BOARD-220-DIM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nActual Power:220W�5%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nFull Spectrum:3000K, 5000K, 660nm ,IR 730nm and UV 395-405nm\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimmable:0%-100%\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPE:2.6?mol\/J\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPPF:572�5%?mol\/s\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLumen Lux:28080LM\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLife Span:50000hrs\u003cbr\u003e\r\nPF Data:\u0026gt;0.95\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDriver:Sosen\u003cbr\u003e\r\nMax Coverge:5FT*3FT\u003cbr\u003e\r\nLED Qty:352pcs 3000K + 64pcs 5000K + 28pcs RED 660nm + 2pcs IR 730nm+2pcs UV\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWork Frequency:50-60HZ\u003cbr\u003e\r\nVoltage:AC100-277V\u003cbr\u003e\r\nDimension(cm):60*24*7\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWater resistance:IP65\u003cbr\u003e\r\nWarranty:3 Years\u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\u003cimg title=\"GT-D-100X100X200-BOARD-220-DIM\" alt=\"GT-D-100X100X200-BOARD-220-DIM\" style=\"display:none\" src=\"https:\/\/services.dropshipzone.com.au\/admin\/api\/public\/images\/logo.png?sku=GT-D-100X100X200-BOARD-220-DIM\u0026amp;rid=8238\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Grow tent  \u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Grow light  \u003cbr\u003e\r\n1 x Hanging Kits  \u003cbr\u003e\r\n2 x Assembly instruction \u003cbr\u003e\r\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50174694424880,"sku":"GT-D-100X100X200-BOARD-220-DIM","price":295.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GT-D-100X100X200-BOARD-220-DIM-00.jpg?v=1773111186"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-elevated-metal-garden-bed-kit-w-mini-greenhouse-cover-116x60cm-stand-up-height-trellis","title":"Green Fingers Elevated Metal Garden Bed Kit w Mini Greenhouse Cover 116x60cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers Elevated Metal Garden Bed Kit with Mini Greenhouse Cover - 116x60cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your garden with the Green Fingers Elevated Mini Greenhouse Planter. This innovative 2-in-1 solution combines a heavy-duty, rustproof galvanized steel raised bed with a protective PE mesh cover. At an ergonomic 80cm stand-up height, you can garden comfortably without bending while the cover safeguards your plants from pests and harsh weather, extending your growing season. Perfect for organic vegetables, herbs, and flowers on your patio, deck, or garden!\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Raised garden bed with detachable mini greenhouse PE cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand-Up Height\u003c\/strong\u003e – 80cm ergonomic height eliminates bending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperior Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e – 0.6mm thick galvanized steel board, 1.2mm thick corners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRustproof Coating\u003c\/strong\u003e – 20+ years lifespan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – PE mesh cover protects from pests and animals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Extends growing season in harsh conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Roll-Up Window\u003c\/strong\u003e – Easy ventilation and air circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Trellis Rod\u003c\/strong\u003e – Support for climbing plants and hanging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Maximum 60kg soil\/plant capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcellent Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e – 5 pre-drilled holes prevent root rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple metal frame assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Size\u003c\/strong\u003e – 116 x 60cm planting area, 25cm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e – Quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e2-in-1 Raised Bed with Greenhouse Cover\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis versatile garden bed combines the benefits of a raised planter with the protection of a mini greenhouse. The detachable PE mesh cover creates a controlled microclimate that protects your plants from pests, birds, harsh weather, and frost while allowing sunlight and air circulation. Use it year-round to extend your growing season and protect delicate plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eErgonomic 80cm Stand-Up Height\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 80cm raised height brings your garden to a comfortable working level, eliminating the need to bend or kneel. This ergonomic design reduces strain on your back and knees, making gardening accessible and enjoyable for everyone, including seniors and those with mobility concerns. Garden comfortably for longer periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuperior Galvanized Steel Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt to last with 0.6mm thick galvanized steel boards and reinforced 1.2mm thick corners, this garden bed offers exceptional durability. The rustproof coating ensures a lifespan of 20+ years, even in outdoor conditions. The heavy-duty construction supports up to 60kg of soil and plants while maintaining structural integrity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePest and Weather Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PE mesh cover provides comprehensive protection from common garden pests, birds, and small animals that can damage your crops. The cover also shields plants from harsh weather conditions including strong winds, heavy rain, and frost, allowing you to grow delicate plants and extend your growing season into cooler months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eExcellent Ventilation System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe large roll-up window provides easy access for watering, harvesting, and tending to your plants while ensuring proper air circulation. Good ventilation prevents moisture buildup, reduces disease risk, and maintains optimal growing conditions. Simply roll up the window on warm days and close it for protection when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIntegrated Trellis Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe built-in trellis rod provides vertical growing support for climbing plants like tomatoes, beans, peas, cucumbers, and flowering vines. The trellis maximizes your growing space, improves air circulation around plants, and makes harvesting easier. You can also use it for hanging tools or plant markers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOptimal Drainage System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive pre-drilled drainage holes ensure excess water drains away efficiently, preventing waterlogging and root rot. Proper drainage is essential for healthy plant growth and prevents soil compaction. The drainage system works in conjunction with the raised design to create ideal growing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGenerous Growing Space\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a 116 x 60cm planting area and 25cm soil depth, this garden bed provides ample space for a variety of plants. Grow multiple vegetables, herbs, or flowers together. The depth accommodates root vegetables and deep-rooted plants while the width allows for companion planting and efficient space utilization.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuick and Simple Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe metal frame design ensures quick and straightforward assembly. All components fit together easily with clear instructions included. No complicated tools required – you'll have your elevated garden bed ready for planting in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tomatoes, lettuce, peppers, herbs, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Basil, parsley, cilantro, mint, and culinary herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowers\u003c\/strong\u003e - Annuals, perennials, and decorative plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimbing Plants\u003c\/strong\u003e - Beans, peas, cucumbers with trellis support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall Spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e - Patios, decks, balconies, and urban gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessible Gardening\u003c\/strong\u003e - Seniors and those with mobility limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elevated Garden Bed with Mini Greenhouse Cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 116 x 60 x 150cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanter Box Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80cm (stand-up height)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized steel (rustproof coated)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.6mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorner Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e PE mesh (polyethylene)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage Holes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 pre-drilled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20+ years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElevated garden bed x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMini greenhouse PE mesh cover x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly instructions x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Elevated Garden Bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - No bending or kneeling required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYear-Round Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e - Greenhouse cover extends growing season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Keep your crops safe from damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to Last\u003c\/strong\u003e - 20+ year lifespan with rustproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e - Vegetables, herbs, flowers, and climbing plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace Efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for patios, decks, and small gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your elevated garden today with this durable, protective, and ergonomic raised bed system. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers Elevated Garden Bed with Mini Greenhouse Cover.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389539979568,"sku":"GARDEN-AG-80-COVER","price":147.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-AG-80-COVER-202511031338-06.jpg?v=1773114343"},{"product_id":"shovel-harrow-potted-flower-gardening-tools-gift-kit-glove-garden-tool-10pcs-set","title":"Shovel Harrow Potted Flower Gardening Tools Gift Kit Glove Garden Tool 10Pcs\/Set","description":"\u003ch2\u003e10-Piece Garden Tool Kit Set with Gloves - Complete Gardening Tool Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGet everything you need for successful gardening with this comprehensive 10-Piece Garden Tool Kit. This complete set includes essential tools for digging, weeding, loosening soil, watering, pruning, and transplanting, all organized in a convenient storage box. Perfect for beginners and experienced gardeners alike, this multifunctional kit meets all your gardening requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete 10-Piece Set\u003c\/strong\u003e – All essential gardening tools included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Gloves with Claws\u003c\/strong\u003e – Dig and plant without hand tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Tools\u003c\/strong\u003e – Rust-proof, durable, long-lasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Soft handles reduce arm fatigue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Box Included\u003c\/strong\u003e – Molded shell with slots for organization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Easy to carry and store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultifunctional\u003c\/strong\u003e – Dig, weed, water, prune, transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Lock Scissors\u003c\/strong\u003e – Secure pruning shears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable Gloves\u003c\/strong\u003e – Protects hands from dirt and injuries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne Size Fits All\u003c\/strong\u003e – Gloves fit most adults and older kids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect Gift\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ideal for gardening enthusiasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete 10-Piece Tool Set\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive gardening kit includes everything you need:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3x Cultivators\u003c\/strong\u003e - For loosening soil and breaking up clumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2x Pruning Shears\u003c\/strong\u003e - For trimming plants and cutting stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1x Watering Spray Bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e - For gentle watering and misting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1x Trowel Shovel\u003c\/strong\u003e - For digging and transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1x Three Tine Rake\u003c\/strong\u003e - For raking and leveling soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1x Weeding Knife\u003c\/strong\u003e - For removing weeds and roots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1x Spade\u003c\/strong\u003e - For digging and moving soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Gloves with Claws\u003c\/strong\u003e - For hands-free digging and planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGarden Gloves with Built-In Claws\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe innovative garden gloves feature 4 built-in claws made with durable ABS plastic that let you dig and plant without hand tools. The breathable design protects your hands from dirt while the claws provide excellent puncture resistance. Fits like a second skin and is waterproof, protecting your hands from injuries during heavy-duty work. One size fits most women, men, and older kids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHigh-Quality Stainless Steel Tools\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll tools are made from stainless steel that is shiny, rust-proof, and long-lasting. The durable construction means tools don't snap easily and remain extremely sturdy even with regular use. The quality materials ensure years of reliable gardening performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eErgonomic Design for Comfort\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTool handles feature ergonomic design with soft grips that provide excellent anti-slip performance. This thoughtful design reduces arm and hand fatigue, making planting easier and faster. Garden comfortably for longer periods without strain or discomfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety Lock Pruning Shears\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included pruning shears feature a security lock that enables safer use and storage. Lock the blades when not in use to prevent accidents and keep the shears secure in your tool box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eConvenient Storage Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe molded shell tool box features individual slots for easy storage and classification of all tools. Keep your gardening tools organized, protected, and easy to find. The lightweight, environmentally friendly plastic material makes the box easy to carry and store.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMultifunctional for All Gardening Tasks\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis versatile tool kit handles all your gardening needs:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigging\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trowel, spade, and glove claws for soil work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeeding\u003c\/strong\u003e - Weeding knife removes unwanted plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoosening Soil\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cultivators break up compacted soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e - Spray bottle for gentle irrigation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePruning\u003c\/strong\u003e - Shears for trimming and shaping plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransplanting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trowel and spade for moving plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaking\u003c\/strong\u003e - Three tine rake for leveling and smoothing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for All Gardeners\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis complete tool kit is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeginners\u003c\/strong\u003e - Everything needed to start gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExperienced Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e - Quality tools for daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContainer Gardening\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect size for pots and planters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Beds\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ideal tools for raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor Plants\u003c\/strong\u003e - Compact tools for houseplants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift Giving\u003c\/strong\u003e - Complete set makes a perfect gift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBreathable, Protective Gloves\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe garden gloves feature breathable technology that protects your hands from dirt while remaining comfortable during any garden job. The durable, waterproof construction with built-in claws provides excellent puncture resistance and fits like a second skin for maximum dexterity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLightweight and Easy to Carry\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe environmentally friendly plastic material keeps the entire kit lightweight and portable. The compact storage box makes it easy to carry your tools to different garden areas or store them neatly when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 pieces (tools + gloves)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft grip, ergonomic design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlove Claws:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable ABS plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Molded plastic with slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlove Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e One size fits all (adults and older kids)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-proof, waterproof, breathable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pruning shears with security lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCultivator x3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePruning shear x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWatering spray bottle x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrowel shovel x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree tine rake x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeeding knife x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpade x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden gloves with claws x1 pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage box x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Garden Tool Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Set\u003c\/strong\u003e - Everything you need in one kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality Tools\u003c\/strong\u003e - Stainless steel, rust-proof construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInnovative Gloves\u003c\/strong\u003e - Built-in claws for hands-free digging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Comfort\u003c\/strong\u003e - Reduces fatigue during gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganized Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Convenient box keeps tools tidy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e - Handles all gardening tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect Gift\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ideal for gardening enthusiasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Value\u003c\/strong\u003e - Complete set at affordable price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your gardening journey or upgrade your tool collection with this complete 10-piece garden tool kit. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this comprehensive gardening set.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540012336,"sku":"V201-W13677361","price":65.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/V201-W13677361-202510291416-00.png?v=1773114357"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-raised-garden-bed-5-tier-vertical-garden-grey-strawberry-stackable-planters-herbs-petunias","title":"Green Fingers Raised Garden Bed 5 Tier Vertical Garden Grey Strawberry Stackable Planters Herbs Petunias","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers 5-Tier Vertical Garden Planter Grey - Stackable Strawberry and Herb Planter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximize your growing space with the Green Fingers 5-Tier Vertical Garden Planter in stylish grey. Featuring an integrated automatic drainage system and stackable design, this versatile planter is perfect for indoor and outdoor use. Ideal for cultivating strawberries, herbs, flowers, succulents, and more, this space-saving vertical garden solution brings productive gardening to patios, balconies, and small spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-Tier Stackable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Maximize vertical growing space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Drainage System\u003c\/strong\u003e – Integrated drainage prevents waterlogging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile with Wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 movable casters for easy repositioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor\/Outdoor Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Versatile placement options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving\u003c\/strong\u003e – Compact 35 x 35cm footprint, 75cm height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 Generous Pots\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each pot: 35 x 35 x 15cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e – 32 x 32 x 8.5cm collection tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e – Weather-resistant construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStylish Grey Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Modern, neutral aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for strawberries, herbs, flowers, succulents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup with instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e – Quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e5-Tier Stackable Vertical Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe innovative 5-tier stackable design allows you to grow multiple plants in a compact vertical footprint. With just 35 x 35cm of floor space, you can cultivate up to 20 plants (4 per tier) in a 75cm tall tower. This vertical gardening solution is perfect for maximizing limited space on patios, balconies, decks, or even indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIntegrated Automatic Drainage System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe built-in automatic drainage system ensures excess water flows from the top tier down through each level, preventing waterlogging and root rot. Water drains naturally through each pot and collects in the bottom tray, making watering efficient and preventing mess. This smart drainage design promotes healthy plant growth and reduces maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMobile Design with 4 Casters\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEquipped with 4 movable casters, this vertical planter can be easily repositioned to follow the sun, moved indoors during harsh weather, or relocated for cleaning and maintenance. The wheels make it simple to move your entire garden without disturbing your plants, perfect for seasonal adjustments or optimizing growing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for Indoor and Outdoor Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe versatile design and durable plastic construction make this planter suitable for both indoor and outdoor environments. Use it on your patio, balcony, deck, or garden, or bring it indoors for year-round herb growing in your kitchen, sunroom, or greenhouse. The drainage tray protects surfaces from water damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIdeal for Multiple Plant Types\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 5-tier vertical planter is perfect for growing:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrawberries\u003c\/strong\u003e - Classic strawberry tower for abundant harvests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Kitchen herb garden with basil, parsley, cilantro, thyme, mint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowers\u003c\/strong\u003e - Petunias, pansies, marigolds, and cascading flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSucculents\u003c\/strong\u003e - Vertical succulent garden display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLettuce\u003c\/strong\u003e - Compact lettuce varieties for fresh salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpinach\u003c\/strong\u003e - Leafy greens in vertical arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrailing Plants\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cascading plants for dramatic effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Combine herbs, flowers, and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGenerous Pot Size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach of the 5 pots measures 35 x 35 x 15cm, providing ample space for root development and healthy plant growth. The generous pot size accommodates multiple plants per tier or larger individual plants, giving you flexibility in your planting arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDrainage Tray Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included drainage tray (32 x 32 x 8.5cm) sits at the base to collect excess water, protecting your floors, decks, or patios from water damage. The tray is easy to remove and empty, making maintenance simple and keeping your growing area clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDurable Weather-Resistant Plastic\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable plastic in a stylish grey finish, this vertical planter withstands outdoor conditions including UV exposure, rain, and temperature fluctuations. The weather-resistant material ensures long-lasting performance whether used indoors or outdoors. The neutral grey color complements any décor style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stackable design makes assembly quick and straightforward. Simply stack the pots on top of each other, attach the casters to the base, and your vertical garden is ready to plant. User manual included with clear instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Vertical Gardening\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace Efficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e - Grow more in less space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Air Circulation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Vertical arrangement improves airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasier Harvesting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Plants at comfortable heights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated growing deters ground pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttractive Display\u003c\/strong\u003e - Creates visual interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e - Mobile design for optimal positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYear-Round Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e - Move indoors for winter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e - Automatic drainage system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Tiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Dimensions (Each):\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 x 35 x 15cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTray Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 x 32 x 8.5cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 x 35 x 75cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 x 35cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCasters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 movable wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated automatic system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen Fingers 5-pot strawberry planter x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Vertical Planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving\u003c\/strong\u003e - Compact footprint, vertical growing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Smart watering system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Easy to move with wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e - Indoor and outdoor placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5 large pots for abundant growing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Strawberries\u003c\/strong\u003e - Classic strawberry tower design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerb Garden Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ideal for kitchen herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStylish Grey\u003c\/strong\u003e - Modern neutral color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable plastic construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e - Simple assembly and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your vertical garden today with this space-saving, versatile, and easy-to-use stackable planter in stylish grey. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers 5-Tier Vertical Garden Planter.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540045104,"sku":"GARDEN-PLASTIC-25L-GR","price":51.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-PLASTIC-25L-GR-202507221506-00.jpg?v=1773114366"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-raised-garden-bed-2-pcs-210x90cm-planter-box-container-galvanised-metal-outdoor","title":"Green Fingers Raised Garden Bed 2 Pcs 210x90cm Planter Box Container Galvanised Metal Outdoor","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers 2x Raised Garden Bed 210x90cm with Plant Cage - Galvanised Steel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? This 2-pack of Green Fingers Galvanised Raised Garden Beds with Plant Cage makes it easy to grow carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and more. Made of quality SGCC steel with epoxy powder coating, these rustproof raised garden beds offer low chemical reaction for safe planting and exceptional durability. With 0.8mm thickness for extra stability, rounded safety edges, and included plant cages for climbing support, this extra-large set is perfect for creating an extensive vegetable patch with vertical growing capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Pack Set\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two extra-large raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Cage Included\u003c\/strong\u003e – Support for climbing and vining plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-Large Size\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each bed: 210 x 90 x 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality SGCC Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Anti-rust galvanised steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotally Rustproof\u003c\/strong\u003e – Epoxy powder coating for long-lasting protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e – 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassive Growing Space\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3.78 sqm total planting area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Safety Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe handling and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Chemical Reaction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe for organic gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup with instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable in all weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for vegetables, fruits, and herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Grey Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Modern, attractive appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e – Quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIncluded Plant Cage for Vertical Growing\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach garden bed comes with a plant cage that provides essential support for climbing and vining plants. The cage is perfect for growing tomatoes, beans, peas, cucumbers, and other climbing vegetables, maximizing your growing space and keeping plants organized and productive. The vertical support also improves air circulation and makes harvesting easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eExtra-Large Beds for Serious Gardeners\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis premium 2-pack features extra-large 210 x 90cm beds that are ideal for serious home gardeners who want to maximize their harvest. Use both beds to create an extensive garden layout with ample space for diverse crops, crop rotation, and companion planting. The dual extra-large bed setup gives you the flexibility to grow everything you need for a self-sufficient vegetable garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuality Galvanised SGCC Steel Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bed is crafted from premium SGCC (Standard Grade Cold-rolled Commercial) steel with galvanised coating, built to withstand outdoor conditions. The anti-rust properties ensure long-lasting durability, while the 0.8mm thickness provides exceptional stability and strength to support heavy soil and plant loads across the extended length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTotally Rustproof Epoxy Coating\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe electrostatic epoxy powder coating provides superior rust protection and weather resistance. This professional-grade coating creates a durable barrier against moisture, UV rays, and temperature fluctuations, ensuring your garden beds remain rustproof and maintain their appearance for years to come.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMassive 3.78 Square Meters of Growing Space\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach raised garden bed measures an impressive 210 x 90cm with 30cm depth, providing exceptional space for productive gardening. Together, the two beds offer a massive 3.78 square meters of growing space, allowing you to grow extensive varieties of vegetables, create large herb gardens, cultivate multiple fruit crops, or design comprehensive companion planting layouts. The 30cm depth accommodates all types of vegetables including deep-rooted varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafe Rounded Edges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth beds are designed with safety in mind, featuring rounded edges that eliminate sharp corners and reduce the risk of injury during installation and gardening. The smooth, rounded design is especially important for family gardens where children may be present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLow Chemical Reaction for Safe Planting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe galvanised steel construction has a low reaction against chemicals commonly used in gardening and fertilizers. This makes both beds ideal for organic gardening and ensures that no harmful substances leach into your soil, keeping your vegetables, fruits, and herbs safe and healthy for consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly and Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth garden beds feature straightforward design for quick and easy assembly with included instructions. Simply connect the panels together, install the plant cages, add soil, then plant your seeds or saplings. You'll have both extra-large beds with climbing support ready to start growing in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDurable in All Weather Conditions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt to withstand Australian weather conditions, these galvanised raised garden beds perform reliably through hot summers, wet winters, and everything in between. The rustproof coating and quality steel construction ensure year-round durability and performance for both beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGrow Everything You Need with Vertical Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith two extra-large raised garden beds and plant cages, you can grow:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimbing Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tomatoes, beans, peas, cucumbers with cage support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtensive Vegetable Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Multiple rows of lettuce, spinach, kale, chard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoot Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Carrots, radishes, onions, beets, potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruiting Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Peppers, eggplant, zucchini\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Herb Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Comprehensive herb collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruits\u003c\/strong\u003e - Strawberries, melons, berry bushes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVining Plants\u003c\/strong\u003e - Use cages for vertical growing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Complex companion planting systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-Sufficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e - Grow enough for your family's needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBeautiful Garden Without Landscaping Hassle\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCreate stunning extra-large garden beds instantly without the time, effort, and expense of traditional landscaping. The modern dark grey finish complements any outdoor décor while the raised design adds visual interest and dimension to your garden. No digging, no edging, no complicated groundwork required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Raised Garden Beds with Plant Cages\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e - Maximize space with climbing plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Support\u003c\/strong\u003e - Plant cages keep vining plants organized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Prevents waterlogging and root rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Soil Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - Control your soil composition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasier Access\u003c\/strong\u003e - Less bending and kneeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Growing Season\u003c\/strong\u003e - Soil warms faster in spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated height deters some ground pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeed Reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Contained growing area minimizes weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Productivity\u003c\/strong\u003e - Extra-large beds for maximum harvest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised SGCC steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electrostatic powder coating (epoxy)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (Each):\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 x 90 x 30cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Growing Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.78 square meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdge Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded safety edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plant cage for each bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy with instructions included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGalvanised raised garden bed x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlant cage x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly instructions x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 2-Pack Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExceptional Value\u003c\/strong\u003e - Two extra-large beds with plant cages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassive Space\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.78 sqm total growing area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Cages Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Support for climbing vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-Large Beds\u003c\/strong\u003e - 210cm length for extensive planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - SGCC steel with rustproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e - 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rounded edges for family-friendly gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable in all conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-Sufficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e - Grow enough for your family\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your extensive vertical garden today with this 2-pack of extra-large, durable, attractive, and easy-to-assemble galvanised steel garden beds with plant cages. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers Garden Bed Set with Plant Cages.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540110640,"sku":"GARDEN-AG-290-CL","price":86.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-AG-290-CL-202507181436-00.jpg?v=1773114378"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-2x-garden-bed-wooden-64x35x115cm-planter-raised-box-container-trellis","title":"Green Fingers 2X Garden Bed Wooden 64x35x115cm Planter Raised Box Container Trellis","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers 2x Wooden Garden Bed 64x35x115cm with Trellis - Carbonized Fir Wood\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeautifully aesthetic, the Green Fingers Wooden Garden Bed is an incredible addition to your beautiful garden. This 2-pack features beds made from sturdy, environmentally friendly fir wood that has undergone high-temperature carbonization, making it hard to crack and easy to maintain. Unlike simple plant beds, each Green Fingers Wooden Garden Bed is a gorgeous structure with a generously sized raised garden bed and an 85cm plant climbing wall that can be used to grow sprawling vines, hang artwork or hanging pots – whatever your garden desires.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Pack Set\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two wooden garden beds with trellis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e – 85cm climbing wall for vines and hanging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality Fir Wood\u003c\/strong\u003e – Sturdy, environmentally safe construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbonized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – High-temperature treatment prevents cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Four raised legs prevent moisture damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Size\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each bed: 64 x 35 x 115cm overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep Planter Box\u003c\/strong\u003e – 58 x 28 x 23cm growing space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Elevated design deters rabbits and pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack-Friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Raised height reduces bending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Purpose\u003c\/strong\u003e – Garden bed and storage solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttractive Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Carbonized brown finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tools and instructions included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e – Quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIntegrated 85cm Trellis for Climbing Plants\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach garden bed features an integrated 85cm tall trellis panel that serves multiple purposes. Use it as a climbing wall for vining plants like tomatoes, beans, peas, cucumbers, or flowering vines. The trellis also provides a perfect spot to hang decorative items, artwork, or hanging pots, adding vertical interest and functionality to your garden space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuality Fir Wood with Carbonized Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade from sturdy, environmentally friendly fir wood, these garden beds undergo high-temperature carbonization treatment. This process hardens the wood, making it resistant to cracking, warping, and weather damage. The carbonized finish creates a beautiful brown color while enhancing durability and making the wood easy to maintain. The beds will maintain their shape and appearance even after long-term outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRaised Design with Four Legs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe four raised legs elevate the planter box off the ground, preventing moisture damage to the wood and improving drainage. This design also deters ground pests and creates better air circulation around the plants. The raised height makes gardening more comfortable by reducing the need to bend down, saving your back during planting and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGenerous Growing Space\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach planter box measures 58 x 28 x 23cm, providing deep and wide ample space for soil and growing vegetables, herbs, flowers, or ornamental plants. The generous depth accommodates root development for healthy plant growth, while the width allows for multiple plants or companion planting arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePest and Moisture Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe raised design provides natural protection from rabbits, ground pests, and excess moisture. The elevation keeps plants safe from wandering animals while the raised legs prevent the wood from sitting in water, extending the life of your garden bed and creating healthier growing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMulti-Purpose Functionality\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeyond being a beautiful planter, these wooden garden beds can serve multiple purposes:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimbing Plant Support\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trellis for vining vegetables and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical Garden\u003c\/strong\u003e - Maximize growing space with vertical planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Display\u003c\/strong\u003e - Hang artwork, signs, or decorative items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Pot Station\u003c\/strong\u003e - Suspend hanging baskets from trellis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Solution\u003c\/strong\u003e - Store garden tools and supplies in the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerb Garden\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect height for kitchen herb gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Display\u003c\/strong\u003e - Attractive way to present floral displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for Multiple Locations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe attractive carbonized brown finish and compact design make these wooden garden beds perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Porch\u003c\/strong\u003e - Welcome guests with beautiful plantings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackyard\u003c\/strong\u003e - Create organized garden spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden\u003c\/strong\u003e - Add vertical interest and structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorridor\u003c\/strong\u003e - Line walkways with greenery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatio\u003c\/strong\u003e - Bring gardening to outdoor living spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalcony\u003c\/strong\u003e - Compact size perfect for smaller spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeck\u003c\/strong\u003e - Raised legs protect deck surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePrevents Soil Compaction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe raised design prevents soil compaction that occurs with ground-level gardens. This ensures better root development, improved drainage, and healthier plants. You can control the soil quality and composition for optimal growing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth wooden garden beds come with all necessary tools and detailed assembly instructions. The straightforward assembly process means you'll have your beautiful garden beds ready to plant in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Wooden Raised Beds with Trellis\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e - Maximize space with climbing plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Aesthetic\u003c\/strong\u003e - Beautiful wood complements gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack-Friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e - Reduced bending and kneeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Raised design prevents waterlogging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated height deters ground pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControlled Soil\u003c\/strong\u003e - Choose your own soil composition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Functional\u003c\/strong\u003e - Planting and storage in one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttractive Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Enhances outdoor aesthetics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Carbonized wood resists weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 wooden garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fir wood (pine wood)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-temperature carbonization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions (Each):\u003c\/strong\u003e 64 x 35 x 115cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanter Box Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58 x 28 x 23cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrellis Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carbonized brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeg Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four raised legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes (tools included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden bed x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly manual x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly tools (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 2-Pack Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Value\u003c\/strong\u003e - Two complete garden beds with trellis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e - 85cm climbing wall included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality Wood\u003c\/strong\u003e - Carbonized fir wood for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Comfortable height, moisture protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Purpose\u003c\/strong\u003e - Planting, climbing, storage, display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttractive\u003c\/strong\u003e - Beautiful carbonized brown finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated design keeps plants safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tools and instructions included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for various outdoor spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your beautiful vertical garden today with this 2-pack of wooden garden beds with integrated trellis. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers Wooden Garden Bed Set.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540143408,"sku":"GARDEN-WOOD-PANEL-58X2","price":122.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-WOOD-PANEL-58X2-202505131408-00.jpg?v=1773114389"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-raised-garden-bed-x2-80x49x74cm-greenhouse-planter-box-galvanised-herb","title":"Green Fingers Raised Garden Bed x2 80x49x74cm Greenhouse Planter Box Galvanised Herb","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers 2x Raised Garden Bed 80x49x74cm with Greenhouse Roof - Galvanised Steel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor lush growth, colorful fruits, and reliable protection against pests and the elements, look no further than the Green Fingers Raised Garden Bed with Greenhouse Roof. Whether you're a seasoned gardener or a new green thumb, this 2-pack of garden beds will make tending to your backyard easier than ever. Each raised bed features a durable aluminium frame with galvanised steel base, topped with a translucent polycarbonate roof for all-round, all-weather protection. Perfect for extending your growing season and protecting delicate plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Pack Set\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two raised beds with greenhouse roofs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreenhouse Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Translucent polycarbonate roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiltable Roof Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e – Open for ventilation or close for protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Galvanised steel base with aluminium frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Rust\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable galvanised steel (0.35mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated Height\u003c\/strong\u003e – 74\/68cm friendly working height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Size\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each bed: 80 x 49 x 74\/68cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Polycarbonate roof blocks harmful rays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Shields from rain, wind, and extreme weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e – Enclosed design keeps pests away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Control\u003c\/strong\u003e – Adjustable ventilation for optimal growing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Safety Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for vegetables, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium Grey Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Modern appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e – Quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGreenhouse Protection for Year-Round Growing\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe translucent polycarbonate roof creates a protective greenhouse environment that extends your growing season and shields plants from harsh weather. The roof allows sunlight to penetrate while blocking harmful UV rays, creating optimal growing conditions. Protect your plants from frost, heavy rain, strong winds, and extreme temperatures while maintaining the light they need to thrive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTiltable Roof Panels for Climate Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe innovative tiltable roof panels can be opened for fresh air supply and precise climate control, or kept closed for maximum protection. Open the panels on warm days to prevent overheating and ensure proper ventilation, then close them when weather turns harsh or to protect from pests. This adjustable design gives you complete control over your growing environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuality Galvanised Steel and Aluminium Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach raised bed features a durable construction with 0.35mm galvanised steel base for rust resistance and longevity, combined with a sturdy aluminium frame that supports the polycarbonate roof. This quality construction ensures years of reliable performance in all weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eElevated Working Height\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe raised design at 74\/68cm height provides a friendly working level that prevents back strain and makes gardening more comfortable. No more bending or kneeling – tend to your plants at a comfortable height. The elevation also keeps plants away from wandering feet and ground pests.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAll-Weather, All-Round Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese raised garden beds with greenhouse roofs provide comprehensive protection:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Polycarbonate roof blocks harmful UV rays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRain Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Keeps plants dry during heavy rainfall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWind Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Shields from strong winds and storms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrost Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Extends growing season into cooler months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Enclosed design deters birds, insects, and animals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Creates warmer microclimate for plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for Multiple Plant Types\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith two protected raised beds, you can grow:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tomatoes, peppers, lettuce, spinach, herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Basil, parsley, cilantro, thyme, rosemary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowers\u003c\/strong\u003e - Delicate flowers protected from weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeedlings\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for starting seeds early\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTender Plants\u003c\/strong\u003e - Protect sensitive plants from elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYear-Round Crops\u003c\/strong\u003e - Extend growing season significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Pesticide-free pest control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompact Size Perfect for Small Spaces\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bed measures 80 x 49cm, making them perfect for patios, balconies, decks, and small gardens. The compact footprint doesn't sacrifice growing space – you still get ample room for productive gardening with the added benefit of greenhouse protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafe Rounded Edges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned with safety in mind, the rounded edges eliminate sharp corners and reduce the risk of injury during installation and gardening. Safe for family gardens where children may be present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth raised beds come with assembly manual and all necessary components. Simply follow the instructions to assemble the galvanised steel base, aluminium frame, and polycarbonate roof. Assembly required but straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Raised Beds with Greenhouse Roofs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Growing Season\u003c\/strong\u003e - Start earlier, grow later\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Plant Health\u003c\/strong\u003e - Protected from weather extremes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest-Free Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e - Enclosed protection from insects and animals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adjustable ventilation for optimal conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable Height\u003c\/strong\u003e - No bending or kneeling required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated design prevents waterlogging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControlled Environment\u003c\/strong\u003e - Create ideal growing conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYear-Round Gardening\u003c\/strong\u003e - Grow in all seasons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (Each):\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 x 49 x 74\/68cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.35mm galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate (PC)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tiltable panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdge Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded safety edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden bed x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly manual x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 2-Pack Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Value\u003c\/strong\u003e - Two protected raised beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreenhouse Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Year-round growing capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiltable Roof\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adjustable climate control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Galvanised steel and aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated Height\u003c\/strong\u003e - Comfortable working level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Enclosed design keeps plants safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - All-weather protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Size\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for small spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e - Vegetables, herbs, flowers, seedlings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your protected, year-round garden today with this 2-pack of raised beds with greenhouse roofs. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers Raised Garden Bed Set with Greenhouse Protection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540176176,"sku":"GARDEN-ALU-80-ROOFX2","price":219.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-ALU-80-ROOFX2-202504171501-00.jpg?v=1773114400"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-garden-bed-5-tier-vertical-garden-strawberry-stackable-planters-herbs-petunias-1","title":"Green Fingers Garden Bed 5 Tier Vertical Garden Strawberry Stackable Planters Herbs Petunias","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers 5-Tier Vertical Garden Planter - Stackable Strawberry and Herb Planter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximize your growing space with the Green Fingers 5-Tier Vertical Garden Planter. Featuring an integrated automatic drainage system and stackable design, this versatile planter is perfect for indoor and outdoor use. Ideal for cultivating strawberries, herbs, flowers, succulents, and more, this space-saving vertical garden solution brings productive gardening to patios, balconies, and small spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-Tier Stackable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Maximize vertical growing space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Drainage System\u003c\/strong\u003e – Integrated drainage prevents waterlogging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile with Wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 movable casters for easy repositioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor\/Outdoor Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Versatile placement options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving\u003c\/strong\u003e – Compact 35 x 35cm footprint, 75cm height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 Generous Pots\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each pot: 35 x 35 x 15cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e – 32 x 32 x 8.5cm collection tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e – Weather-resistant construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Green Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Attractive garden aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for strawberries, herbs, flowers, succulents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup with instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e – Quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e5-Tier Stackable Vertical Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe innovative 5-tier stackable design allows you to grow multiple plants in a compact vertical footprint. With just 35 x 35cm of floor space, you can cultivate up to 20 plants (4 per tier) in a 75cm tall tower. This vertical gardening solution is perfect for maximizing limited space on patios, balconies, decks, or even indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIntegrated Automatic Drainage System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe built-in automatic drainage system ensures excess water flows from the top tier down through each level, preventing waterlogging and root rot. Water drains naturally through each pot and collects in the bottom tray, making watering efficient and preventing mess. This smart drainage design promotes healthy plant growth and reduces maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMobile Design with 4 Casters\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEquipped with 4 movable casters, this vertical planter can be easily repositioned to follow the sun, moved indoors during harsh weather, or relocated for cleaning and maintenance. The wheels make it simple to move your entire garden without disturbing your plants, perfect for seasonal adjustments or optimizing growing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for Indoor and Outdoor Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe versatile design and durable plastic construction make this planter suitable for both indoor and outdoor environments. Use it on your patio, balcony, deck, or garden, or bring it indoors for year-round herb growing in your kitchen, sunroom, or greenhouse. The drainage tray protects surfaces from water damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIdeal for Multiple Plant Types\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 5-tier vertical planter is perfect for growing:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrawberries\u003c\/strong\u003e - Classic strawberry tower for abundant harvests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Kitchen herb garden with basil, parsley, cilantro, thyme, mint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowers\u003c\/strong\u003e - Petunias, pansies, marigolds, and cascading flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSucculents\u003c\/strong\u003e - Vertical succulent garden display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLettuce\u003c\/strong\u003e - Compact lettuce varieties for fresh salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpinach\u003c\/strong\u003e - Leafy greens in vertical arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrailing Plants\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cascading plants for dramatic effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Combine herbs, flowers, and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGenerous Pot Size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach of the 5 pots measures 35 x 35 x 15cm, providing ample space for root development and healthy plant growth. The generous pot size accommodates multiple plants per tier or larger individual plants, giving you flexibility in your planting arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDrainage Tray Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included drainage tray (32 x 32 x 8.5cm) sits at the base to collect excess water, protecting your floors, decks, or patios from water damage. The tray is easy to remove and empty, making maintenance simple and keeping your growing area clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDurable Weather-Resistant Plastic\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable plastic in an attractive dark green finish, this vertical planter withstands outdoor conditions including UV exposure, rain, and temperature fluctuations. The weather-resistant material ensures long-lasting performance whether used indoors or outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stackable design makes assembly quick and straightforward. Simply stack the pots on top of each other, attach the casters to the base, and your vertical garden is ready to plant. User manual included with clear instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Vertical Gardening\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace Efficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e - Grow more in less space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Air Circulation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Vertical arrangement improves airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasier Harvesting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Plants at comfortable heights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated growing deters ground pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttractive Display\u003c\/strong\u003e - Creates visual interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e - Mobile design for optimal positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYear-Round Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e - Move indoors for winter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e - Automatic drainage system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Tiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePot Dimensions (Each):\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 x 35 x 15cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTray Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 x 32 x 8.5cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 x 35 x 75cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 x 35cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCasters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 movable wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated automatic system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen Fingers 5-pot strawberry planter x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Vertical Planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving\u003c\/strong\u003e - Compact footprint, vertical growing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Smart watering system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Easy to move with wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e - Indoor and outdoor placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5 large pots for abundant growing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Strawberries\u003c\/strong\u003e - Classic strawberry tower design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerb Garden Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ideal for kitchen herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable plastic construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e - Simple assembly and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your vertical garden today with this space-saving, versatile, and easy-to-use stackable planter. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers 5-Tier Vertical Garden Planter.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540208944,"sku":"GARDEN-PLASTIC-25L-DGR","price":45.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-PLASTIC-25L-DGR-186685-06.jpg?v=1773114413"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-garden-bed-320x80x42cm-oval-planter-box-raised-container-galvanised","title":"Green Fingers Garden Bed 320X80X42cm Oval Planter Box Raised Container Galvanised","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers Oval Garden Bed 320x80x42cm - Galvanised Steel Elevated Raised Planter Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? The Green Fingers Galvanised Oval Raised Garden Bed makes it easy to grow carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and more. Made of quality SGCC steel with epoxy powder coating, this rustproof raised garden bed offers low chemical reaction for safe planting and exceptional durability. With a unique oval design, 42cm elevated height, 0.8mm thickness for extra stability, and rounded safety edges, this distinctive bed is perfect for creating an attractive and productive garden feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Oval Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Distinctive 320 x 80cm oval shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated Height\u003c\/strong\u003e – 42cm height reduces bending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality SGCC Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Anti-rust galvanised steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotally Rustproof\u003c\/strong\u003e – Epoxy powder coating for long-lasting protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e – 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Length\u003c\/strong\u003e – 320cm for extensive planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Safety Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe handling and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Chemical Reaction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe for organic gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable in all weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium Grey Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Modern, attractive appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Feature\u003c\/strong\u003e – Oval shape adds visual interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUnique Oval Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe distinctive oval shape sets this garden bed apart from traditional rectangular designs. The elegant curved form adds visual interest and architectural appeal to your garden, patio, or outdoor space. The oval design creates a softer, more organic look while still providing ample growing space along its impressive 320cm length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eElevated 42cm Height for Comfortable Gardening\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 42cm elevated height brings your garden to a more comfortable working level, significantly reducing the need to bend or kneel. This ergonomic design reduces strain on your back and knees, making gardening more accessible and enjoyable. The elevated height also provides excellent drainage and deters some ground pests.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuality Galvanised SGCC Steel Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCrafted from premium SGCC (Standard Grade Cold-rolled Commercial) steel with galvanised coating, this oval raised garden bed is built to withstand outdoor conditions. The anti-rust properties ensure long-lasting durability, while the 0.8mm thickness provides exceptional stability and strength to support the elevated structure and heavy soil loads along the extended length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTotally Rustproof Epoxy Coating\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe electrostatic epoxy powder coating provides superior rust protection and weather resistance. This professional-grade coating creates a durable barrier against moisture, UV rays, and temperature fluctuations, ensuring your garden bed remains rustproof and maintains its appearance for years to come.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImpressive 320cm Length\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith an impressive 320cm length, 80cm width, and 42cm height, this oval raised garden bed provides extensive growing space in a unique configuration. The elongated oval shape is perfect for creating dramatic garden features, border plantings, or productive vegetable rows. The generous dimensions allow for diverse planting arrangements and companion planting systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafe Rounded Edges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned with safety in mind, the rounded edges eliminate sharp corners and reduce the risk of injury during installation and gardening. The smooth, rounded design is especially important for family gardens where children may be present, and complements the oval shape beautifully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLow Chemical Reaction for Safe Planting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe galvanised steel construction has a low reaction against chemicals commonly used in gardening and fertilizers. This makes it ideal for organic gardening and ensures that no harmful substances leach into your soil, keeping your vegetables, fruits, and herbs safe and healthy for consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly and Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe straightforward design ensures quick and easy assembly. Simply connect the panels together to form the distinctive oval shape, add soil, then plant your seeds or saplings. You'll be ready to start growing in your unique oval garden bed in no time. No complicated tools or expertise required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDurable in All Weather Conditions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt to withstand Australian weather conditions, this galvanised oval raised garden bed performs reliably through hot summers, wet winters, and everything in between. The rustproof coating and quality steel construction ensure year-round durability and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for Creative Planting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis unique oval raised garden bed is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBorder Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Create elegant garden borders along paths or fences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegetable Rows\u003c\/strong\u003e - Long rows of lettuce, spinach, kale, chard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerb Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Extensive herb collections along the length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlower Displays\u003c\/strong\u003e - Dramatic floral arrangements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Multiple crops along the 320cm length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrawberry Beds\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect shape for strawberry production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Vegetables, herbs, and flowers together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeature Plantings\u003c\/strong\u003e - Create focal points in your garden\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBeautiful Garden Without Landscaping Hassle\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCreate a stunning oval garden bed instantly without the time, effort, and expense of traditional landscaping. The unique oval shape and modern aluminium grey finish add visual interest and architectural appeal to any outdoor space. No digging, no edging, no complicated groundwork required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Elevated Oval Garden Beds\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Bending\u003c\/strong\u003e - 42cm height for comfortable gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Oval shape adds visual interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated design prevents waterlogging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Soil Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - Control your soil composition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Growing Season\u003c\/strong\u003e - Soil warms faster in spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Height deters some ground pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeed Reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Contained growing area minimizes weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArchitectural Appeal\u003c\/strong\u003e - Creates garden focal points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Placement\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for various garden layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised SGCC steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electrostatic powder coating (epoxy)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 320 x 80 x 42cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Oval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdge Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded safety edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaised garden bed x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Oval Garden Bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Distinctive oval shape stands out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated Height\u003c\/strong\u003e - 42cm reduces bending and strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImpressive Length\u003c\/strong\u003e - 320cm for extensive planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - SGCC steel with rustproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e - 0.8mm thickness for elevated structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rounded edges for family-friendly gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable in all conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVisual Appeal\u003c\/strong\u003e - Creates attractive garden features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your unique, elevated garden today with this distinctive oval, durable, attractive, and easy-to-assemble galvanised steel garden bed. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers Oval Garden Bed 320x80x42cm.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540241712,"sku":"GARDEN-OVAL-3208042","price":100.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-OVAL-3208042-202509191902-00.jpg?v=1773114423"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-garden-bed-210x90cm-planter-box-raised-container-galvanised-steel","title":"Green Fingers Garden Bed 210x90cm Planter Box Raised Container Galvanised Steel","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers Garden Bed 210x90cm - Galvanised Steel Extra-Large Raised Planter Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? The Green Fingers Galvanised Extra-Large Raised Garden Bed makes it easy to grow carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and more. Made of quality SGCC steel with epoxy powder coating, this rustproof raised garden bed offers low chemical reaction for safe planting and exceptional durability. With 0.8mm thickness for extra stability and rounded safety edges, this extra-large bed is perfect for creating an extensive vegetable patch or comprehensive garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-Large Size\u003c\/strong\u003e – 210 x 90 x 30cm for maximum growing space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality SGCC Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Anti-rust galvanised steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotally Rustproof\u003c\/strong\u003e – Epoxy powder coating for long-lasting protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e – 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e – 30cm depth for all types of vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Safety Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe handling and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Chemical Reaction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe for organic gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup with instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable in all weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for vegetables, fruits, and herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium Grey Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Modern, attractive appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e – Quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuality Galvanised SGCC Steel Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCrafted from premium SGCC (Standard Grade Cold-rolled Commercial) steel with galvanised coating, this extra-large raised garden bed is built to withstand outdoor conditions. The anti-rust properties ensure long-lasting durability, while the 0.8mm thickness provides exceptional stability and strength to support heavy soil and plant loads across the extended length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTotally Rustproof Epoxy Coating\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe electrostatic epoxy powder coating provides superior rust protection and weather resistance. This professional-grade coating creates a durable barrier against moisture, UV rays, and temperature fluctuations, ensuring your garden bed remains rustproof and maintains its appearance for years to come.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eExtra-Large 210x90cm Growing Space\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith an impressive 210 x 90cm planting area and 30cm depth, this extra-large raised garden bed provides maximum space for productive gardening. The generous 1.89 square meter growing area allows you to grow extensive varieties of vegetables, create large herb gardens, or cultivate multiple fruit crops. The 30cm depth accommodates all types of vegetables including deep-rooted varieties and provides excellent drainage and soil aeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafe Rounded Edges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned with safety in mind, the rounded edges eliminate sharp corners and reduce the risk of injury during installation and gardening. The smooth, rounded design is especially important for family gardens where children may be present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLow Chemical Reaction for Safe Planting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe galvanised steel construction has a low reaction against chemicals commonly used in gardening and fertilizers. This makes it ideal for organic gardening and ensures that no harmful substances leach into your soil, keeping your vegetables, fruits, and herbs safe and healthy for consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly and Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe straightforward design ensures quick and easy assembly with included instructions. Simply connect the panels together, add soil, then plant your seeds or saplings. You'll be ready to start growing in no time. No complicated tools or expertise required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDurable in All Weather Conditions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt to withstand Australian weather conditions, this galvanised raised garden bed performs reliably through hot summers, wet winters, and everything in between. The rustproof coating and quality steel construction ensure year-round durability and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGrow Extensive Crops\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis extra-large raised garden bed is perfect for growing:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtensive Vegetable Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Multiple rows of lettuce, spinach, kale, chard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoot Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Carrots, radishes, onions, beets, potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruiting Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tomatoes, peppers, eggplant, zucchini, cucumbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Herb Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Comprehensive herb collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruits\u003c\/strong\u003e - Strawberries, melons, berry bushes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowers\u003c\/strong\u003e - Extensive decorative and edible flower gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Complex companion planting systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuccession Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Continuous harvests throughout the season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBecome a Happy Home Farmer\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your extra-large raised garden bed, add quality soil, plant your seeds or saplings, and watch your extensive garden flourish. With 1.89 square meters of growing space, you can create a truly productive vegetable patch and enjoy a rich, abundant harvest of fresh, homegrown produce. Get multiple beds to achieve self-sufficiency and enjoy the satisfaction of eating vegetables and fruits you've grown yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Raised Garden Beds\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Prevents waterlogging and root rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Soil Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - Control your soil composition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasier Access\u003c\/strong\u003e - Less bending and kneeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Growing Season\u003c\/strong\u003e - Soil warms faster in spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated height deters some ground pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeed Reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Contained growing area minimizes weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace Efficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e - Maximize growing area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean and Organized\u003c\/strong\u003e - Defined growing areas look neat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Productivity\u003c\/strong\u003e - Extra-large size for maximum harvest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised SGCC steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electrostatic powder coating (epoxy)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 x 90 x 30cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.89 square meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdge Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded safety edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy with instructions included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden bed x1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Extra-Large Garden Bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Growing Space\u003c\/strong\u003e - 210x90cm for extensive planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - SGCC steel with rustproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e - 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e - 30cm for all types of vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rounded edges for family-friendly gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable in all conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e - Simple assembly with instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for vegetables, fruits, and herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Productivity\u003c\/strong\u003e - Grow more with extra-large size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your extensive home garden today with this extra-large, durable, attractive, and easy-to-assemble galvanised steel garden bed. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers Garden Bed 210x90cm.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540274480,"sku":"GARDEN-21090-ALUMGR","price":71.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-21090-ALUMGR-202502282034-07.jpg?v=1773114435"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-2x-garden-bed-130x130x46cm-planter-box-raised-container-galvanised","title":"Green Fingers 2x Garden Bed 130x130x46cm Planter Box Raised Container Galvanised","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers 2x Elevated Garden Bed 130x130x46cm Set - Galvanised Steel Raised Planter Boxes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? This 2-pack of Green Fingers Galvanised Elevated Raised Garden Beds makes it easy to grow carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and more. Made of quality SGCC steel with epoxy powder coating, these rustproof raised garden beds offer low chemical reaction for safe planting and exceptional durability. At an elevated 46cm height with 0.8mm thickness for extra stability and rounded safety edges, this set is perfect for comfortable gardening with reduced bending.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Pack Set\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two elevated raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated Height\u003c\/strong\u003e – 46cm height reduces bending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Square Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each bed: 130 x 130 x 46cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality SGCC Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Anti-rust galvanised steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotally Rustproof\u003c\/strong\u003e – Epoxy powder coating for long-lasting protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e – 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable Gardening\u003c\/strong\u003e – Reduced bending and kneeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Growing Space\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3.38 sqm total planting area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Safety Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe handling and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Chemical Reaction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe for organic gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup for both beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable in all weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium Grey Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Modern, attractive appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Value\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two large elevated beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eElevated 46cm Height for Comfortable Gardening\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 46cm elevated height brings your garden to a more comfortable working level, significantly reducing the need to bend or kneel. This ergonomic design reduces strain on your back and knees, making gardening more accessible and enjoyable. While not as tall as stand-up models, this height offers the perfect balance between comfort and stability for most gardeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLarge 130x130cm Square Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bed features a generous 130 x 130cm square design that provides ample growing space while maintaining easy access from all sides. The square shape is perfect for efficient space utilization and organized planting. Together, the two beds offer an impressive 3.38 square meters of growing space at a comfortable elevated height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuality Galvanised SGCC Steel Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bed is crafted from premium SGCC (Standard Grade Cold-rolled Commercial) steel with galvanised coating, built to withstand outdoor conditions. The anti-rust properties ensure long-lasting durability, while the 0.8mm thickness provides exceptional stability and strength to support the elevated structure and heavy soil loads in both beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTotally Rustproof Epoxy Coating\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe electrostatic epoxy powder coating on both beds provides superior rust protection and weather resistance. This professional-grade coating creates a durable barrier against moisture, UV rays, and temperature fluctuations, ensuring your elevated garden beds remain rustproof and maintain their appearance for years to come.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect Balance of Size and Accessibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese elevated garden beds are ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e - Reduced bending for more comfortable gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeniors\u003c\/strong\u003e - Easier access than ground-level beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack Care\u003c\/strong\u003e - Less strain on back and knees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProductive Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Large 130x130cm growing area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganized Layouts\u003c\/strong\u003e - Square design for efficient planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatios and Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for various outdoor spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafe Rounded Edges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth beds are designed with safety in mind, featuring rounded edges that eliminate sharp corners and reduce the risk of injury during installation and gardening. The smooth, rounded design is especially important for family gardens where children may be present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLow Chemical Reaction for Safe Planting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe galvanised steel construction has a low reaction against chemicals commonly used in gardening and fertilizers. This makes both beds ideal for organic gardening and ensures that no harmful substances leach into your soil, keeping your vegetables, fruits, and herbs safe and healthy for consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly and Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth elevated garden beds feature straightforward design for quick and easy assembly. Simply connect the panels together for each bed, add soil, then plant your seeds or saplings. You'll have both beds ready to start growing at an elevated height in no time. No complicated tools or expertise required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDurable in All Weather Conditions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt to withstand Australian weather conditions, these galvanised elevated raised garden beds perform reliably through hot summers, wet winters, and everything in between. The rustproof coating and quality steel construction ensure year-round durability and performance for both beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGrow Abundant Crops at Comfortable Height\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith two large elevated raised garden beds, you can grow:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeafy Greens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Multiple rows of lettuce, spinach, kale, chard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoot Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Carrots, radishes, onions, beets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruiting Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tomatoes, peppers, eggplant, zucchini\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Extensive herb gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruits\u003c\/strong\u003e - Strawberries, melons, berry bushes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowers\u003c\/strong\u003e - Decorative and edible flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Complex companion planting systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrop Rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rotate crops between beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBecome a Happy Home Farmer\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your two elevated raised garden beds, add quality soil, plant your seeds or saplings, and watch your garden flourish at a comfortable working height. With 3.38 square meters of growing space and reduced bending, you can enjoy longer gardening sessions and a rich harvest of fresh, homegrown produce. There's nothing quite like the satisfaction of eating vegetables and fruits you've grown yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Elevated Raised Garden Beds\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Bending\u003c\/strong\u003e - 46cm height for more comfortable gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLess Strain\u003c\/strong\u003e - Easier on back and knees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Accessibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated working height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Prevents waterlogging and root rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Soil Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - Control your soil composition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Growing Season\u003c\/strong\u003e - Soil warms faster in spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Height deters some ground pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeed Reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Contained growing area minimizes weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Growing Area\u003c\/strong\u003e - 130x130cm per bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised SGCC steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Epoxy powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (Each):\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 x 130 x 46cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Growing Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.38 square meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdge Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded safety edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden bed x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly components for both beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 2-Pack Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Value\u003c\/strong\u003e - Two large elevated beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated Height\u003c\/strong\u003e - 46cm reduces bending and strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Growing Area\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.38 sqm total space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Size\u003c\/strong\u003e - 130x130cm per bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - SGCC steel with rustproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e - 0.8mm thickness for elevated structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rounded edges for family-friendly gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable in all conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your comfortable, productive garden today with this 2-pack of elevated, durable, attractive, and easy-to-assemble galvanised steel garden beds. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers 2x Elevated Garden Bed 130x130x46cm Set.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540307248,"sku":"GARDEN-ALUMGR-13-FC2","price":86.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-ALUMGR-13-FC2-202502282038-07.jpg?v=1773114447"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-2x-garden-bed-100x100x77cm-planter-box-raised-container-galvanised","title":"Green Fingers 2x Garden Bed 100x100x77cm Planter Box Raised Container Galvanised","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers 2x Tall Garden Bed 100x100x77cm Set - Galvanised Steel Raised Planter Boxes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? This 2-pack of Green Fingers Galvanised Tall Raised Garden Beds makes it easy to grow carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and more. Made of quality SGCC steel with epoxy powder coating, these rustproof raised garden beds offer low chemical reaction for safe planting and exceptional durability. At an ergonomic 77cm stand-up height with 0.8mm thickness for extra stability and rounded safety edges, this set is perfect for comfortable, no-bend gardening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Pack Set\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two tall raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand-Up Height\u003c\/strong\u003e – 77cm ergonomic height eliminates bending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each bed: 100 x 100 x 77cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality SGCC Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Anti-rust galvanised steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotally Rustproof\u003c\/strong\u003e – Epoxy powder coating for long-lasting protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e – 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable Gardening\u003c\/strong\u003e – No bending or kneeling required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Safety Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe handling and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Chemical Reaction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe for organic gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup for both beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable in all weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium Grey Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Modern, attractive appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Value\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two tall beds for accessible gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eErgonomic 77cm Stand-Up Height\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 77cm raised height brings your garden to a comfortable working level, eliminating the need to bend or kneel. This ergonomic design reduces strain on your back and knees, making gardening accessible and enjoyable for everyone, including seniors and those with mobility concerns. Garden comfortably for longer periods with both beds at the perfect working height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect Square Design for Efficient Growing\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bed features a compact 100 x 100cm square design that's perfect for patios, decks, balconies, and small gardens. The square shape provides easy access from all sides and efficient use of space. Together, the two beds offer 2 square meters of growing space at a comfortable working height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuality Galvanised SGCC Steel Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bed is crafted from premium SGCC (Standard Grade Cold-rolled Commercial) steel with galvanised coating, built to withstand outdoor conditions. The anti-rust properties ensure long-lasting durability, while the 0.8mm thickness provides exceptional stability and strength to support the tall structure and heavy soil loads in both beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTotally Rustproof Epoxy Coating\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe electrostatic epoxy powder coating on both beds provides superior rust protection and weather resistance. This professional-grade coating creates a durable barrier against moisture, UV rays, and temperature fluctuations, ensuring your tall garden beds remain rustproof and maintain their appearance for years to come.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAccessible Gardening for Everyone\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tall design makes these raised garden beds ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeniors\u003c\/strong\u003e - No bending or kneeling required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobility Limitations\u003c\/strong\u003e - Wheelchair accessible height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack Problems\u003c\/strong\u003e - Reduces strain on back and knees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStanding Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e - Comfortable working height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUrban Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for patios and balconies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEveryone\u003c\/strong\u003e - More comfortable gardening experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafe Rounded Edges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth beds are designed with safety in mind, featuring rounded edges that eliminate sharp corners and reduce the risk of injury during installation and gardening. The smooth, rounded design is especially important for family gardens where children may be present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLow Chemical Reaction for Safe Planting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe galvanised steel construction has a low reaction against chemicals commonly used in gardening and fertilizers. This makes both beds ideal for organic gardening and ensures that no harmful substances leach into your soil, keeping your vegetables, fruits, and herbs safe and healthy for consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly and Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth tall garden beds feature straightforward design for quick and easy assembly. Simply connect the panels together for each bed, add soil, then plant your seeds or saplings. You'll have both beds ready to start growing at the perfect height in no time. No complicated tools or expertise required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDurable in All Weather Conditions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt to withstand Australian weather conditions, these galvanised tall raised garden beds perform reliably through hot summers, wet winters, and everything in between. The rustproof coating and quality steel construction ensure year-round durability and performance for both beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGrow Your Favorite Plants at Comfortable Height\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith two tall raised garden beds, you can grow:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeafy Greens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Lettuce, spinach, kale, chard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Basil, parsley, cilantro, thyme, rosemary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Radishes, onions, peppers, bush beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e - Cherry and compact varieties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruits\u003c\/strong\u003e - Strawberries, compact berry varieties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowers\u003c\/strong\u003e - Decorative and edible flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoot Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Carrots, beets (with deep soil)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Multiple crops together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBecome a Happy Home Farmer\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your two tall raised garden beds, add quality soil, plant your seeds or saplings, and watch your garden flourish at the perfect working height. With comfortable, no-bend gardening, you can enjoy longer gardening sessions and a rich harvest of fresh, homegrown produce. There's nothing quite like the satisfaction of eating vegetables and fruits you've grown yourself, especially when gardening is this comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Tall Raised Garden Beds\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo Bending or Kneeling\u003c\/strong\u003e - Comfortable working height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Strain\u003c\/strong\u003e - Easier on back and knees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Accessibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for seniors and those with mobility issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Prevents waterlogging and root rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Soil Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - Control your soil composition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Growing Season\u003c\/strong\u003e - Soil warms faster in spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Height deters ground pests and animals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeed Reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Contained growing area minimizes weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace Efficient\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for small spaces and patios\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised SGCC steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Epoxy powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (Each):\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 x 100 x 77cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand-Up Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 77cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Growing Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 square meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdge Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded safety edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden bed x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly components for both beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 2-Pack Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Value\u003c\/strong\u003e - Two tall beds for accessible gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand-Up Height\u003c\/strong\u003e - 77cm eliminates bending and kneeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessible Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for seniors and mobility limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - SGCC steel with rustproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e - 0.8mm thickness for tall structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100x100cm perfect for small spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rounded edges for family-friendly gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable in all conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your comfortable, accessible garden today with this 2-pack of tall, durable, attractive, and easy-to-assemble galvanised steel garden beds. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers 2x Tall Garden Bed 100x100x77cm Set.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540340016,"sku":"GARDEN-ALUMGR-10-FC2","price":117.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-ALUMGR-10-FC2-202502282036-07.jpg?v=1773114460"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-2x-garden-bed-210x90cm-planter-box-raised-container-galvanised-herb","title":"Green Fingers 2x Garden Bed 210x90cm Planter Box Raised Container Galvanised Herb","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers 2x Garden Bed 210x90cm Set - Galvanised Steel Raised Planter Boxes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? This 2-pack of Green Fingers Galvanised Raised Garden Beds makes it easy to grow carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and more. Made of quality SGCC steel with epoxy powder coating, these rustproof raised garden beds offer low chemical reaction for safe planting and exceptional durability. With 0.8mm thickness for extra stability and rounded safety edges, this extra-large set is perfect for creating an extensive vegetable patch or comprehensive garden layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Pack Set\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two extra-large raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-Large Size\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each bed: 210 x 90 x 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality SGCC Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Anti-rust galvanised steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotally Rustproof\u003c\/strong\u003e – Epoxy powder coating for long-lasting protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e – 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassive Growing Space\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3.78 sqm total planting area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Safety Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe handling and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Chemical Reaction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe for organic gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup for both beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable in all weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium Grey Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Modern, attractive appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExceptional Value\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two extra-large beds for serious gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eExtra-Large Beds for Serious Gardeners\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis premium 2-pack features extra-large 210 x 90cm beds that are ideal for serious home gardeners who want to maximize their harvest. Use both beds to create an extensive garden layout with ample space for diverse crops, crop rotation, and companion planting. The dual extra-large bed setup gives you the flexibility to grow everything you need for a self-sufficient vegetable garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuality Galvanised SGCC Steel Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bed is crafted from premium SGCC (Standard Grade Cold-rolled Commercial) steel with galvanised coating, built to withstand outdoor conditions. The anti-rust properties ensure long-lasting durability, while the 0.8mm thickness provides exceptional stability and strength to support heavy soil and plant loads in both extra-large beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTotally Rustproof Epoxy Coating\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe electrostatic epoxy powder coating on both beds provides superior rust protection and weather resistance. This professional-grade coating creates a durable barrier against moisture, UV rays, and temperature fluctuations, ensuring your garden beds remain rustproof and maintain their appearance for years to come.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMassive 3.78 Square Meters of Growing Space\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach raised garden bed measures an impressive 210 x 90cm with 30cm depth, providing exceptional space for productive gardening. Together, the two beds offer a massive 3.78 square meters of growing space, allowing you to grow extensive varieties of vegetables, create large herb gardens, cultivate multiple fruit crops, or design comprehensive companion planting layouts. The 30cm depth accommodates all types of vegetables including deep-rooted varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafe Rounded Edges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth beds are designed with safety in mind, featuring rounded edges that eliminate sharp corners and reduce the risk of injury during installation and gardening. The smooth, rounded design is especially important for family gardens where children may be present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLow Chemical Reaction for Safe Planting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe galvanised steel construction has a low reaction against chemicals commonly used in gardening and fertilizers. This makes both beds ideal for organic gardening and ensures that no harmful substances leach into your soil, keeping your vegetables, fruits, and herbs safe and healthy for consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly and Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth garden beds feature straightforward design for quick and easy assembly. Simply connect the panels together for each bed, add soil, then plant your seeds or saplings. You'll have both extra-large beds ready to start growing in no time. No complicated tools or expertise required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDurable in All Weather Conditions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt to withstand Australian weather conditions, these galvanised raised garden beds perform reliably through hot summers, wet winters, and everything in between. The rustproof coating and quality steel construction ensure year-round durability and performance for both beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGrow Everything You Need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith two extra-large raised garden beds, you can grow:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtensive Vegetable Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Multiple rows of lettuce, spinach, kale, chard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoot Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Carrots, radishes, onions, beets, potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruiting Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tomatoes, peppers, eggplant, zucchini, cucumbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Herb Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Comprehensive herb collection in one bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruits\u003c\/strong\u003e - Strawberries, melons, berry bushes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowers\u003c\/strong\u003e - Extensive decorative and edible flower gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Complex companion planting systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrop Rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Full rotation between beds for soil health\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-Sufficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e - Grow enough for your family's needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBecome a Happy Home Farmer\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your two extra-large raised garden beds, add quality soil, plant your seeds or saplings, and watch your extensive garden flourish. With 3.78 square meters of growing space, you can create a truly productive vegetable patch and enjoy a rich, abundant harvest of fresh, homegrown produce. Achieve self-sufficiency and enjoy the satisfaction of eating vegetables and fruits you've grown yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Raised Garden Beds\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Prevents waterlogging and root rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Soil Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - Control your soil composition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasier Access\u003c\/strong\u003e - Less bending and kneeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Growing Season\u003c\/strong\u003e - Soil warms faster in spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated height deters some ground pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeed Reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Contained growing area minimizes weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace Efficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e - Maximize growing area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean and Organized\u003c\/strong\u003e - Defined growing areas look neat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Productivity\u003c\/strong\u003e - Extra-large beds for maximum harvest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised SGCC steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Epoxy powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (Each):\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 x 90 x 30cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Growing Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.78 square meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdge Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded safety edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden bed x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly components for both beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 2-Pack Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExceptional Value\u003c\/strong\u003e - Two extra-large beds for serious gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassive Space\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.78 sqm total growing area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-Large Beds\u003c\/strong\u003e - 210cm length for extensive planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - SGCC steel with rustproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e - 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rounded edges for family-friendly gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable in all conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-Sufficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e - Grow enough for your family\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your extensive home garden today with this 2-pack of extra-large, durable, attractive, and easy-to-assemble galvanised steel garden beds. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers 2x Garden Bed 210x90cm Set.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540372784,"sku":"GARDEN-ALUMGR-21-FC2","price":107.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-ALUMGR-21-FC2-202502282038-07.jpg?v=1773114473"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-2x-garden-bed-120x90cm-planter-box-raised-container-galvanised-herb","title":"Green Fingers 2x Garden Bed 120x90cm Planter Box Raised Container Galvanised Herb","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers 2x Garden Bed 120x90cm Set - Galvanised Steel Raised Planter Boxes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? This 2-pack of Green Fingers Galvanised Raised Garden Beds makes it easy to grow carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and more. Made of quality SGCC steel with epoxy powder coating, these rustproof raised garden beds offer low chemical reaction for safe planting and exceptional durability. With 0.8mm thickness for extra stability and rounded safety edges, this set is perfect for creating a productive vegetable patch or organized garden layout in compact spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Pack Set\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two raised garden beds for expanded growing space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality SGCC Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Anti-rust galvanised steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotally Rustproof\u003c\/strong\u003e – Epoxy powder coating for long-lasting protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e – 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Size\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each bed: 120 x 90 x 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Safety Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe handling and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Chemical Reaction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe for organic gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup for both beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable in all weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium Grey Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Modern, attractive appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Value\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two beds for organized gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for Small Spaces with 2 Compact Beds\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis convenient 2-pack features compact 120 x 90cm beds that are ideal for smaller gardens, patios, balconies, and urban spaces. Use both beds to create an organized garden layout with separate growing areas for different crops. The dual-bed setup gives you the flexibility to maximize your growing space without taking up too much room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuality Galvanised SGCC Steel Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bed is crafted from premium SGCC (Standard Grade Cold-rolled Commercial) steel with galvanised coating, built to withstand outdoor conditions. The anti-rust properties ensure long-lasting durability, while the 0.8mm thickness provides exceptional stability and strength to support heavy soil and plant loads in both beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTotally Rustproof Epoxy Coating\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe electrostatic epoxy powder coating on both beds provides superior rust protection and weather resistance. This professional-grade coating creates a durable barrier against moisture, UV rays, and temperature fluctuations, ensuring your garden beds remain rustproof and maintain their appearance for years to come.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIdeal Size for Productive Small-Space Gardening\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach raised garden bed measures 120 x 90cm with 30cm depth, providing ample space for productive gardening in compact areas. Together, the two beds offer 2.16 square meters of growing space, allowing you to grow a variety of vegetables, create herb gardens, or cultivate fruits and flowers. The 30cm depth accommodates most vegetables and provides excellent drainage and soil aeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafe Rounded Edges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth beds are designed with safety in mind, featuring rounded edges that eliminate sharp corners and reduce the risk of injury during installation and gardening. The smooth, rounded design is especially important for family gardens where children may be present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLow Chemical Reaction for Safe Planting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe galvanised steel construction has a low reaction against chemicals commonly used in gardening and fertilizers. This makes both beds ideal for organic gardening and ensures that no harmful substances leach into your soil, keeping your vegetables, fruits, and herbs safe and healthy for consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly and Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth garden beds feature straightforward design for quick and easy assembly. Simply connect the panels together for each bed, add soil, then plant your seeds or saplings. You'll have both beds ready to start growing in no time. No complicated tools or expertise required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDurable in All Weather Conditions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt to withstand Australian weather conditions, these galvanised raised garden beds perform reliably through hot summers, wet winters, and everything in between. The rustproof coating and quality steel construction ensure year-round durability and performance for both beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGrow a Variety of Plants in Compact Spaces\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith two compact raised garden beds, you can grow:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeafy Greens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Lettuce, spinach, kale, chard in one bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoot Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Carrots, radishes, onions, beets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tomatoes, peppers, bush beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Dedicated herb garden in one bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruits\u003c\/strong\u003e - Strawberries, compact berry varieties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowers\u003c\/strong\u003e - Decorative flowers and edible blooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Multiple crops together for better yields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrop Separation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Keep different plants organized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBecome a Happy Home Farmer\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your two raised garden beds, add quality soil, plant your seeds or saplings, and watch your garden flourish. With two compact beds, you can create a productive vegetable patch even in limited space and enjoy a rich harvest of fresh, homegrown produce. There's nothing quite like the satisfaction of eating vegetables and fruits you've grown yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Raised Garden Beds\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Prevents waterlogging and root rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Soil Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - Control your soil composition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasier Access\u003c\/strong\u003e - Less bending and kneeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Growing Season\u003c\/strong\u003e - Soil warms faster in spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated height deters some ground pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeed Reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Contained growing area minimizes weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace Efficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e - Maximize growing area in small spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean and Organized\u003c\/strong\u003e - Defined growing areas look neat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Small Spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ideal for patios and balconies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised SGCC steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Epoxy powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (Each):\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 x 90 x 30cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Growing Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.16 square meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdge Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded safety edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden bed x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly components for both beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 2-Pack Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Value\u003c\/strong\u003e - Two beds for expanded gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Size\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for small spaces and patios\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - SGCC steel with rustproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e - 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient Space\u003c\/strong\u003e - 2.16 sqm total growing area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rounded edges for family-friendly gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable in all conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganized Garden\u003c\/strong\u003e - Separate different crops easily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your compact home garden today with this 2-pack of durable, attractive, and easy-to-assemble galvanised steel garden beds. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers 2x Garden Bed 120x90cm Set.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540405552,"sku":"GARDEN-ALUMGR-12-FC2","price":81.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-ALUMGR-12-FC2-202502282036-07.jpg?v=1773114485"},{"product_id":"green-fingers-2x-garden-bed-150x90cm-planter-box-raised-container-galvanised-herb","title":"Green Fingers 2x Garden Bed 150x90cm Planter Box Raised Container Galvanised Herb","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGreen Fingers 2x Garden Bed 150x90cm Set - Galvanised Steel Raised Planter Boxes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlan to grow your own greens? This 2-pack of Green Fingers Galvanised Raised Garden Beds makes it easy to grow carrots, radishes, lettuce, spinach, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and more. Made of quality SGCC steel with epoxy powder coating, these rustproof raised garden beds offer low chemical reaction for safe planting and exceptional durability. With 0.8mm thickness for extra stability and rounded safety edges, this set is perfect for creating an extensive vegetable patch or organized garden layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Pack Set\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two raised garden beds for expanded growing space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality SGCC Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Anti-rust galvanised steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotally Rustproof\u003c\/strong\u003e – Epoxy powder coating for long-lasting protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e – 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Size\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each bed: 150 x 90 x 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded Safety Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe handling and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Chemical Reaction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Safe for organic gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple setup for both beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable in all weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium Grey Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Modern, attractive appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Value\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two beds for expanded gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eExpand Your Garden with 2 Raised Beds\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis convenient 2-pack allows you to create a more extensive garden layout with organized growing areas. Use both beds for different crops, practice crop rotation, separate vegetables from herbs, or create themed gardens. The dual-bed setup gives you the flexibility to maximize your growing space and increase your harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuality Galvanised SGCC Steel Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bed is crafted from premium SGCC (Standard Grade Cold-rolled Commercial) steel with galvanised coating, built to withstand outdoor conditions. The anti-rust properties ensure long-lasting durability, while the 0.8mm thickness provides exceptional stability and strength to support heavy soil and plant loads in both beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTotally Rustproof Epoxy Coating\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe electrostatic epoxy powder coating on both beds provides superior rust protection and weather resistance. This professional-grade coating creates a durable barrier against moisture, UV rays, and temperature fluctuations, ensuring your garden beds remain rustproof and maintain their appearance for years to come.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect Size for Productive Gardening\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach raised garden bed measures 150 x 90cm with 30cm depth, providing ample space for productive home gardening. Together, the two beds offer 2.7 square meters of growing space, allowing you to grow a wide variety of vegetables, create extensive herb gardens, or cultivate multiple fruit crops. The 30cm depth accommodates root vegetables and provides excellent drainage and soil aeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafe Rounded Edges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth beds are designed with safety in mind, featuring rounded edges that eliminate sharp corners and reduce the risk of injury during installation and gardening. The smooth, rounded design is especially important for family gardens where children may be present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eLow Chemical Reaction for Safe Planting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe galvanised steel construction has a low reaction against chemicals commonly used in gardening and fertilizers. This makes both beds ideal for organic gardening and ensures that no harmful substances leach into your soil, keeping your vegetables, fruits, and herbs safe and healthy for consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEasy Assembly and Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth garden beds feature straightforward design for quick and easy assembly. Simply connect the panels together for each bed, add soil, then plant your seeds or saplings. You'll have both beds ready to start growing in no time. No complicated tools or expertise required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDurable in All Weather Conditions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt to withstand Australian weather conditions, these galvanised raised garden beds perform reliably through hot summers, wet winters, and everything in between. The rustproof coating and quality steel construction ensure year-round durability and performance for both beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGrow a Wide Variety of Plants\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith two raised garden beds, you can grow:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeafy Greens\u003c\/strong\u003e - Lettuce, spinach, kale, chard in one bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoot Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Carrots, radishes, onions, beets in another\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruiting Vegetables\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tomatoes, peppers, eggplant, zucchini\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Dedicated herb garden in one bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruits\u003c\/strong\u003e - Strawberries, dwarf berry bushes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlowers\u003c\/strong\u003e - Decorative flowers and edible blooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompanion Planting\u003c\/strong\u003e - Multiple crops together for better yields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrop Rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rotate crops between beds for soil health\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBecome a Happy Home Farmer\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your two raised garden beds, add quality soil, plant your seeds or saplings, and watch your garden flourish. With two beds, you can create an extensive vegetable patch and enjoy a rich harvest of fresh, homegrown produce. There's nothing quite like the satisfaction of eating vegetables and fruits you've grown yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Raised Garden Beds\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e - Prevents waterlogging and root rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Soil Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - Control your soil composition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasier Access\u003c\/strong\u003e - Less bending and kneeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Growing Season\u003c\/strong\u003e - Soil warms faster in spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePest Control\u003c\/strong\u003e - Elevated height deters some ground pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeed Reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Contained growing area minimizes weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace Efficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e - Maximize growing area in small spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean and Organized\u003c\/strong\u003e - Defined growing areas look neat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrop Separation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Keep different plants organized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green Fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 raised garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised SGCC steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Epoxy powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (Each):\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 x 90 x 30cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Growing Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.7 square meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdge Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rounded safety edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaised garden bed x2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly components for both beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This 2-Pack Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Value\u003c\/strong\u003e - Two beds for expanded gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e - SGCC steel with rustproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e - 0.8mm thickness for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Space\u003c\/strong\u003e - 2.7 sqm total growing area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Rounded edges for family-friendly gardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable in all conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect for vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganized Garden\u003c\/strong\u003e - Separate different crops easily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart your extensive home garden today with this 2-pack of durable, attractive, and easy-to-assemble galvanised steel garden beds. Shop now and enjoy free shipping across Australia on this Green Fingers 2x Garden Bed 150x90cm Set.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Stacks Warehouse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50389540438320,"sku":"GARDEN-ALUMGR-FC2","price":76.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/files\/GARDEN-ALUMGR-FC2-202502282038-07.jpg?v=1773114497"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0914\/0581\/2016\/collections\/rn-image_picker_lib_temp_503e3d47-fde5-4592-aecd-62757606daeb.png?v=1766014028","url":"https:\/\/stackswarehouse.com.au\/collections\/garden.oembed","provider":"Stacks Warehouse","version":"1.0","type":"link"}